IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


1^  1^  mil  2.0 


2.2 


1.8 


L25  IIIU   iiiiii.6 


^^ 


<^ 


/J 


y: 


«^»A  ^ 


C^^"         c?1 


.P^ 


^ 


7 


Hiotograplric 

Sciences 

Corporation 


93  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14S8C 

(716)  873-4503 


S'  4^fi 


l/u 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Can?dl)*n  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Ins'.itut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  tachniquas  at  bibliographiquas 


Tha  Instltuta  has  attamptad  to  obtain  tha  bast 
original  copy  availabia  for  filming.  Faaturas  of  this 
copy  which  may  ba  bibliographically  uniqua, 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  imagas  in  tha 
raproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  chanqa 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 


D 


D 


D 
D 


n 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couvertura  de  couleur 


r~~|    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommag^e 


Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurie  et/ou  pelliculie 


I      I    Cover  title  missing/ 


Le  titre  de  couvertura  manque 


I      I    Coloured  maps/ 


Cartes  g^ographiquas  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


I      I    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 


D 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  an  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
ReM  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  re  Mure  serrde  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge  intdrleure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6ti  filmies. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppldmentaires: 


L.'institut  a  microfilmi  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  iti  posciL!?  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplai  a  qui  Svint  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographiviue,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproviuite,  ou  :|ui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dan&  la  m6thode  normale  de  filmage 
sent  indiqu^s  ci-de.^sous. 


The 

to  tl 


D 
D 

D 
0 
D 
E 
D 


D 

D 


Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endom  magmas 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restauries  et/ou  pelliculdes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d^colories,  tachetdes  ou  piqudes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ddtachdes 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  inigala  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplimentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Mition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure. 
etc.,  ont  M  filmies  A  nouveau  de  fapon  i 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


The 
pes 
oft 
film 


Ori( 
beg 
the 
sior 

Oth4 

first 
sior 
or  il 


The 
shal 
TIN 
whi 

Mar 
diff< 
enti 
begi 
righ 
reqi 
met 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmd  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqui  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


30X 


y 


12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Seminary  of  Quebec 
Library 


L'exemplaire  filmA  fut  reproduit  grdce  d  la 
g6n6rositA  de: 

Siminaire  de  Quebec 
Bibliothique 


The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  bacit  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


Les  images  suivantes  cnt  6t6  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin.  compta  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettet6  de  I'exempEaire  filmA,  et  en 
conformltA  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmaga. 

Les  exemplalres  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  ImprimAe  sont  filmAs  en  commen9ant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
derniAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration.  soit  par  la  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmAs  en  commen^ant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  derniire  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  miciofiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — '^-  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symboie  '—^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE".  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc..  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc..  peuvent  Atre 
filmis  A  des  taux  de  reduction  diffirants. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  clichA.  11  est  filmA  A  partir 
de  Tangle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite. 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  n6cessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  mithode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

i 


A 


XjJ^ 


PIINOC 


C  A  T  E  C  H  I 


OF 


GEOGKAPHY: 


REVISED,  AND  ADAPTED  FOR  USE  Li  THIS  COUNTRY. 


For  the  Use  of  the  Schools  of  the  Christian  Srothers. 


3,  rue  deTWJ?^??'^ 
Qufebec  4,  Q^®- 


X 


NEW  YORK 

D.  &  J.   SADLIER  &  Co.,  31    BARCLAIT  STREET. 

Boston;  128  Federal  Street;  Montreal:  corner  of  Notre  Dame 

AND  St.  Francis  Xavier  Streets. 


' 


Enterod  according  to  Act  of  Congrc  s  in  the  year  IWS,  by 

D.   &    J.   SADLIER   &    CO., 

ju  tlie  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States,  for  the  Soutlieru 

Dictrict  of  New  York. 


The  Ca 
has  been 
Christian  '. 
a  basis,  i 
contents  t 
In  the  ori 
voted  to  1 
plied  by  i 
The  presei 
the  use  of 
places,  wit 

It  may  1 
fully  revisi 
in  France 
pains  havi 
compendiu 

MoNTREAl 


Stereotyped  by  Vincent  Dill.  Jr., 
No.  29  Beekmau  Street.  N.  Y. 


INTRODUCTION 


by 

the  SouUieru 


The  Cathechism  of  Geography  now  presented  to  the  public, 
has  been  compiled  expijessly  for  the  use  of  the  schools  of  the 
Christian  Brothers.  Taking  Pinnock's  excellent  Catechism  for 
a  basis,  it  has  here  been  enlarged,  fully  one  half,  and  its 
contents  transposed  so  as  to  adapt  it  to  American  schools. — 
In  the  original  Catechism,  there  is  but  a  very  small  space  de- 
voted to  the  United  States,  and  this  deficiency  is  here  sup- 
plied by  a  compilation  from  the  best  American  geographies. 
The  present  edition  is  also  augmented  by  useful  problems  on 
the  use  of  the  globes,  together  with  a  vocabulary  of  names  of 
places,  with  their  proper  pronunciation. 

It  may  be  well  to  observe  that  the  entire  work  has  been  care- 
fully revised  and  modernized.  All  the  recent  political  changes 
in  France  and  other  countries,  have  been  duly  noted,  and  no 
pains  have  been  spared  tc  make  this  Catechism  a  complete 
compendium  of  Geography. 


Montreal,  April,  1863. 


M.  A.  S. 


■%. 


\  ■ 


11 


An. 

Q. 
A. 

Q.  < 

A. 
Poles 

Q. : 

A. 
cumfe 
tbrouj 

Q.  ] 
A. 

Q.  : 
^. 
which 
axis,  ' 

Q. 
^. 

diurnj 

Q. 
A. 

mer,  . 

Q. 
il. 


A  CATECHISM  OF  GEOGRAPHY. 


CHAPTER    I. 


DEFINITIONS. 

Question.  What  is  Geography  ? 

Answer.    A  description  of  the  earth. 

Q.  What  is  the  earth  1 

A.  The  world,  or  rather  the  globe,  on  which  we  live. 

Q.  Of  what  shape  is  the  earth  % 

A.  Nearly  round  like  an  orange  ;  being  flattened  at  the 
Poles. 

Q.  How  largo  is  the  earth  1 

A.  It  is  more  than  twenty-four  thousand  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, or  round  it,  and  eight  thousand  in  diameter,  or 
through  it. 

Q.  How  far  is  it  from  the  sun  ? 

A.  Ninety-five  millions  of  miles. 

Q.  Does  the  earth  move  % 

A.  Yes  ;  it  has  two  motions  ;  the  one  round  the  sun, 
which  it  performs  yearly  ;  and  the  other  round  its  own 
axis,  which  it  performs  daily. 

Q.  What  are  these  motions  called "? 

A.  The  first  is  called  its  annual  motion,  and  the  last  its 
diurnal. 

Q.  What  is  caused  by  the  annual  motion '? 

A.  The  change  and  variety  of  the  seasons.  Spring,  Sum- 
mer, Autumn,  and  Winter. 

Q.  What  is  caused  by  the  diurnal  motion  % 

A.  The  succession  of  day  and  night. 


*  CATECHfSM   OF 

Q.  What  is  tho  earth's  axis  ^ 

from  nort^rj'""' ""'""'"«  '"■"""Sh  its  c.ntre, 
Q.  What  are  the  Poles  ? 
A.  The  extreme  ends  of  the  earth's  axis. 
Q.  How  many  poles  are  there  ? 
A.  Two,  the  North  and  South  Poles. 
Q.  What  is  tho  distance  between  the  Poles  "* 
A.  180  degrees. 
Q.  How  many  miles  docs  that  make  1 

hiVo^aSdtrworid'""''"'''  '"  """^--J ■""'-.  ""-»  ■•» 

Q.  What  is  the  size  of  the  earth  ? 

A.  It  is  nearly  twenty-five  thousand  miles  in  circumfeiL 
e^ce  and  eight  thousand  in  diameter.  circumfef. 

A    rtl^^V''''  ""'^^  ^y.*^"  circumference  of  the  earth  ? 
A.  1  he  distance  round  it. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  the  diameter  of  the  earth  t 

A.  1  mean  the  distance  across,  or  through  the  centre  of  it. 


A. 


CHAPTER   II. 

OF  THE  SURFACE  OF  THE  EARTH— LAND. 

Q.  Of  what  does  the  earth  consist '« 
A.  It  consists  of  land  and  water 

A     aT  T''^  ^^  *^®  ^^'^^h's  surface  is  land  ^ 
^.  About  one  fourth. 

Q.  What  are  the  great  divisions  of  the  earth  ? 

SufopJ  LT.    Af'-    't^  ^'^^^  ^"^  ^^^^*  Portions,  namely, 
n  ^V  .     '  4^™^'  America,  and  Australia  *  ^* 

Q.  What  are  the  smaller  divisions  of  the  earth  ^ 

':^\^-^"i^'^^^^^  the  earth  was  divided  into 

•sia)  has  been  adopted  bv  morlmn  r^^ ^    '  ?^  **  "  sometimes  written,  Austral. 

'»  «r  1'^?*  I  ^cificMa^.Thth"  &  S  are  H.^'","'*'  "?«  numerous  inland. 
Australasia  and  Polynesia.  ^  '  ^"^^  classed  under  two  names,  viz : 


\ 


GEOGRAPHT. 


its  Centre, 


,  which  is 

circumfef- 

earth  ? 

hi 

ntre  of  it. 


namely, 


peninsu- 


ntaining 


ivided  into 
a,  Austral. 
>us  islands 
Etmes,  viz ; 


1 


Q.  What  ia  an  island  ? 

A.  An  island  is  a  smaller  tract  of  land,  entirely  surround- 
ed by  water,  as  Great  Britain,  Ireland,  etc. 

Q.  What  is  a  sea  ? 

A.  A  sea  is  a  smaller  collection  of  salt  water  than  an 
ocean,  as  the  Mediterranean,  the  Baltic,  the  Black  Sea,  etc. 

Q.  What  is  a  peninsula  ? 

A.  A  peninsula  is  a  tract  of  land,  almost  surrounded  by 
water  as  the  Morea,  in  Greece. 

Q.  What  is  an  isthmus  ? 

A.  An  isthmus  is  a  narrow  neck  of  land,  joining  two 
continents,  or  a  peninsula  to  a  continent,  as  the  Isthmus  of 
Darien,  the  Isthmus  of  Suez,  etc. 

Q.  What  is  a  promontory "? 

A.  A  promontory  is  a  tract  of  l^nd  stretching  out  into 
the  sea,  the  end  of  which  is  called  a  cape,  as  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  Cape  Horn,  etc. 

Q.  What  is  a  mountain  ? 

A.  A  mountain  is  a  vast  elevation  of  land,  as  the  Alps, 
the  Andes,  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Smaller  elevations  are 
called  hills,  hillocks  and  downs. 

Q.  What  is  a  plain  ' 

A.  A  flat  or  level  tract  of  country. 

Q.  What  is  a  volcano  1 

A.  It  is  a  mountain  that  sends  forth  fire  and  smoke  from 
•*ts  top,  as  Etna,  Hecla,  Vesuvius,  etc. 

Q.  What  is  a  shore  or  coast  1 

A.  A  shore  or  coast  is  the  margin  or  edge  of  land  bor- 
dering on  the  water. 

Q.  What  is  a  desert  ? 

A.  A  desert  is  a  barren  tract  of  country,  usually  consist- 
ing of  sand,  as  the  Desert  of  Sahara. 
Q.  What  is  a  vale  or  valley "? 

A.  The  low  ground  between  mountains  or  hills.  Yery 
narrow  spaces  between  mountains  are  called  defiles  or 
passes.  ' 

WATER. 

Q.  Of  what  does  the  water  consist  ? 
A.  The  water  consists  of  oceans,  seas,  gulfs,  bays,  straits 
rivers,  lakes,  etc.  ' 

Q.  What  is  the  ocean  1 
A.  The  ocean  is  a  vast  collection  of  salt  water  which  eo- 


6 


CATECHISM  or 


compasses  tlic  eartli,  aud  is  sululiviiled  into  the  Pacific,  At- 
lantic, Indian,  Soutluirn,  and  Nortliern  Oceans. 
Q.  What  is  an  arolilpolago] 

A.  A  tract  of  water  abounding  in  small  islands,  as  the 
Indian  Arcliipelago,  the  Grecian  Archipelago. 

Q.  What  is  a  gulf? 

A.  A  gulf  or  bay  is  a  part  of  an  ocean,  sea,  or  lake  ex- 
tending into  the  land,  as  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence,  Hudson's  Bay,  etc.  A  bay  has  generally  a 
wider  opening  tlian  a  gulf. 

Q.  What  is  a  strait  1 

A.  A  strait  is  a  narrow  passage  which  connects  two 
bodies  of  water,  as  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar,  Behring's 
Straits,  etc. 

Q.  What  is  a  channel  ? 

A.  A  channel  is  a  longer  and  broader  passage  than  a 
strait,  as  the  English  Channel.  When  a  channel  is  so  shal- 
low that  its  depth  can  be  measured  or  sounded  with  a  lead 
and  line,  it  is  called  a  sound,  as  Long  Island  Sound. 

Q.  What  is  a  harbor  or  haven  ? 

A,  It  is  a  small  bay,  almost  surrounded  by  land,  where 
ships  may  anchor  in  safety,  as  Halifax  harbor,  New  York 
harbor. 

Q.  What  is  a  river  1 

A.  A  River  is  a  large  stream  of  fresh  water  running 
through  a  country,  as  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  Mississippi, 
etc.     Smaller  streams  are  called  rivulets  or  brooks. 

Q.  What  is  a  lake  ? 

A.  A  lake  is  a  collection  of  fresh  water  nearly,  if  not 
entirely,  surrounded  by  land,  as  Lake  Ontario,  Lake  Supe- 
rior, etc. 

Q.  What  is  a  canal  1 

A.  A  canal  is  an  artificial  channel  or  a  large  ditch  dug 
in  the  earth,  and  filled  with  water  for  the  passage  of  boats, 
as  the  Lachine  Canal,  Welland  Canal,  Erie  Canal,  etc. 


i\^ 


GEOGRAPHY. 


?acific,  At- 

ids,  as  the 

3r  lake  ex- 
rulf  of  St. 
enerally  a 

nects  two 
Behrinfr's 


ge  than  a 
is  so  shal- 
ith  a  lead 
nd. 

nd,  where 
few  York 


r  running 
[ississippi, 

:s. 

rly,  if  not 
ake  Supe- 


iitch  dug 
of  boats, 
,  etc. 


CHArTER  III. 

Of  the  EarWs  liowndness. 

Q.  Ifc  is  montioned  in  Chapter  I.  that  tho  earth  is  nearly 
round  like  an  orange ;  can  you  give  any  reason  why  it  is  so  1: 

A.  Yes  ;  because  no  other  figure  than  that  of  a  sphere 
could  produce  the  pleasing  and  regular  succession  of  day. 
and  night,  and  the  variety  of  the  seasons. 

Q.  What  names  are  applied  to  the  earth  ? 

A.  The  earth  is  sometimes  called  a  sphere,  sorretiraes  a 
spherical  body,  and  sometimes  a  globular  body  ;  but  whether 
we  use  the  terms  globular,  spheroid,  sphere,  or  spherical,  it  is 
always  to  be  understood  as  a  globe ;  that  is  a  circular 
body,  which  these  terms  signify. 

Q.    How  is  the  earth  represented  by  geographers  ? 

A.  By  an  artificial  globe,  on  which  the  various  parts 
of  the  surface  of  the  earth  are  delineated.  If  a  map  of 
the  world  be  accurately  drawn  on  any  round  body  or  globe, 
the  surface  of  that  globe  will  represent  the  surface  of  the 
earth. 

Q.  What  proofs  have  we  that  the  earth  is  splierical  ? 

A.  From  viewing  distant  objects ;  for  instance,  a  ship 
going  out  to  sea  gradually  disappears  to  a  spectator  upon 
land,  and  the  last  part  of  the  ship  visible  is  the  top  of  the 
mast  ;  on  the  contrary,  if  a  ship  be  advancing  towards  him, 
the  top  of  the  mast  comes  first  into  sight,  then  the  sails, 
and  afterwards  the  hull,  which  could  not  be  the  case  if  the 
earth  were  not  spherical.  On  a  plain  surface,  the  largest 
abjects  arc  seen  at  the  greatest  distance. 

Q.  What  other  proof  have  we  ? 

A.  From  an  eclipse  of  the  moon :  for  the  shadow  of  the 
earth  falling  upon  the  moon  is  always  circular;  which  could 
not  be  unless  the  earth  was  globular. 

Q.  These  are  proofs,  certainly,  that  the  earth  must  be  a 
globe ;  but  is  it  not  a  great  mystery  how  tho  earth  is  situated 
relative  to  the  heavenly  bodies,  what  supports  it,  and  as  it  is 
peopled  on  all  sides,  why  its  inhabitants  do  not  fall  from  their 
impending  situations'? 

A.  The  earth  is  situated  in  open  space,  resting  upon  no- 
thing, but  supported  by  gravitation,  which  draws  all  ter- 


I 


8 


CATKCHISM   OP 


restrial  bodies  towards  its  centre  •  and  m«.  i 
to  a  great  magnet  rolled  in  fi?in4^f  sted  ^o  '"'^^^^^^^ 
there  is  no  danger  of  r-iilfn  -  fvll^  '  consequently 

:aore  than  from^anj  other  °  ^'^  '"'  '^^'  ^^  ^^^  ^^rth 

Q.  What  is  meant  bj  gravitation  ? 


i  ( 


CHAPTER  ly. 

H''  Is  the  measure"^ en f;  nf  o  r«,M^  au 

•^.  .Vo,  very  dffleCt  fo^  fh.  r^  r?"  ""  ^"^'^  '^"^'''Y ' 
than  the  IndiL  and  'hH  W  ^"? '''' """^  '^  ""«=h  4 
Spanish  than  tte'cerman  &c      "  '^^^  '^'^P'^^'^^  i  the 

«.  Whit  is''a'i^^3ia„''ISr'^  »'"  Ko-^an  lesser  mile. 
Q.  ma?i.T;i,',tV;SL%'>""'™  of  -  English  „i,, 

^'    Ihon?  fl  ^^""^'.^  ^^^^«^'  ^«d  Dutch  mile  ^ 
H-  ^v  hat  IS  a  German  mile  "^  ^'^'n^^i^ii. 

t  W^'m!?Sw%' h"  n^";*'  ^"S'i^h  miles. 


vilMMnnirnnMMmK: 


»»»«iWBnwJlUBlrfc1 


compared 
sequently 
the  earth 


liss  have, 
ivitj. 


ferent 


country  "^ 
Jch  less 
3h  J  the 


feet,  or 

ile. 
1  mile. 


GEOGRAPHY.  9 

CHAPTER  V. 

Of  the  Circles  of  the  Glnlt. 

Q.  What  names  are  given  to  those  lines  or  circles  \^hich  sur- 
round the  globe  ? 

A.  The  principal  circles  which  surround  the  globe  are 
the  equator,  ecliptic,  the  tropics,  the  polar  circles,  and  the 
meridians. 

Q.  What  is  the  Equator  ? 

A.  The  Equator*  is  an  imaginary  great  circle,  runninir 
east  and  west  round  the  globe,  at  an  equal  distance  from 
each  pole. 

Q.  Why  is  it  so  called 

^  A.  Because,  when  the  sun  is  on  this  circle,  the  days  and 
nights  are  eqaal  in  all  parts  of  the  earth. 

Q.  Of  what  use  is  the  Equator  ? 
^  A.  All  parts  of  the  earth,  with  respect  to  their  situa- 
tions, are  either  to  the  north  or  south  side  of  the  Equator  • 
and  the  distance  of  places  called  their  latitude,  is  counted 
from  it  towards  the  north  or  south  pole. 

Q.  How  far  ie  the  Equator  distant  from  the  Poles  < 
A.  Ninety  degrees,  or  about  6, 250  miles  from  either  pole. 
H-  VVhat  are  the  tropics  1 

A.  Two  smaller  circles  called  Cancer  and   Capricorn 
The  tropic  of  Cancer  is  23i  degrees  north  of  the  Rquator 
and  the  tropic  of  Capricorn  23i  south  of  the  Equator 
Q.  What  are  the  polar  circles  ? 

A.  Twc  smaller  circles,  called  Arctic  and  Antarctic: 
the  arctic  or  north  pole  circle,  is  G6i  degrees  from  the 
Equator  and  the  antarctic  or  south  polar  circle  is  the 
same  distance  south  of  the  Equator.  The  polar  circles  are 
also  23^  degrees  from  the  poles. 
Q.  What  are  the  Meridians  ? 

A.  All  lines  drawn  from  one  pole  to  the  other  are  called 
-neridians.  When  the  sun  comes  to  the  meridian  of  a 
place,  it  is  then  noon,  or  mid-day  at  that  place,  for  everv 
place  has  a  meridian.  The  meridian  or  line  drawn  from 
north  to  south,  over  Greenwich  and  Washington,  is  called 

the  tow!  ^*^"'^*°'^  "  sometimes  called  the  EquinocM  line,  and  sometimes  only 


/ 


i 


Ml 


5    .     ft' 


10 


CATECHISM    OF 


the  lirst  meridian,  and  the  longitude  of  places  is  reckftied 
from  it  either  east  or  west. 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  the  horizon  1 

A.  There  are  two  horizons ;  one  called  the  sensibli  or 
visible,  and  the  other  the  rational  horizon.  The  sensible 
horizon  is  the  boundary  of  our  sight,  being  that  circle 
where  the  sky  and  earth  seem  to  meet.  The  rational  ^ori- 
Eon  cuts  the  earth  into  two  equal  parts,  and  is  parallM  to 
the  sensible  horizon. 

Q.  Vs^hat  are  the  poles  of  the  horizon  called  1  I 

A.  The  Zenith  and  Nadir ;  the  Zenith  point  is  that  part 
directly  over  head ;  and  the  Nadir  is  that  point  opposite 
to  it,  under  our  feet. 

Q.  What  are  the  four  cardinal  points  of  the  horizon  called  1 

A.  North,  east,  south,  and  west. 

Q.  How  is  a  circle  divided  1 

A.  All  circles  are  divided  into  360  parts,  called  degrees. 
The  half,  or  Semicircle,  is  180  degrees  ;  the  quarter  or 
quadrant,  is  90  degrees. 

Q.  How  is  a  degree  divided  ? 

A.  A  degree  is  divided  into  60  minutes,  and  every  min- 
ute into  60  seconds. 

Q.  How  many  kinds  of  circles  are  there  ? 

A.  Two,  the  great  and  the  small  circles. 

Q.  What  is  a  great  circle  ? 

A.  A  great  circle  is  that  which  divides  the  earth  into 
two  equal  parts. 

Q.  What  is  a  small  circle  7 

A.  A  small  circle  divides  the  earth  into  two  unequal 
parts. 

Q.  What  is  the  admensurement  of  a  degree  in  a  great  circle? 

A.  A  degree  in  a  great  circle  contains  60  geographical 
or  69i  statute  miles,  but  the  admeasurement  of  a  small 
arcle  varies  according  to  its  distance  from  the  equator. 

Q.  What  is  a  mile  called  in  geography  ^ 

A.  A  minute. 

Q.  How  many  degrees  make  an  hour  of  time  1 

A.  Fifteen. 


1' 
I 


!  reckiiied 


jensibljf  or 
le  sensible 
hat  circle 
ionaLjl^ori- 
)arall>:»i  to 


that  part 
t  opposite 

son  called  1 


i  degrees, 
quarter  or 


jvery  mm- 


-€ 


GEOGRAPHY. 


u 


larth  into 


)   unequal 

mt  circle? 
►graphical 
f  a  small 
ator. 


r 


CHAPTER  YI. 

Of  Latitude  and  Longitude. 


Q.  How  are  places  upon  the  earth  distingu 

4-  By  their  situations,  which  are  asce 
Altitude  and  longitude.  ^ 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  the  latitude  of  a  plj 

A.  Its  distance  north  or  south  of  the  I 
on  the  north  side  of  the  equator,  it  is  saY 
latitide;   if  on  the  south  side,   in   souti 
places  on  the  equator,  have  no  latitude 
begins  there.  ' 

Q.  What  is  the  greatest  latitude  a  place  can  have  '^ 

A.  [Ninety  degrees,  and  there  are  only  two  places  that 
nave  so  much,  which  are  the  poles. 

Q.  What  are  the  parallels  of  latitude  ? 

A.  Parallels  of  latitude  are  lines  drawn  at  an  equal  dis- 
tance IVom  the  equator. 

Q.  How  is  the  latitude  of  a  place  found  1 

.•iw,  ^^^i°"  ^  »^^^^  ^^  ^^  ^"^^"^^  **y  turning  the  globe  round 
till  tiie  place  comes  under  the  brass  meridian  by  which  the 
globe  IS  suspended,  which  shows  the  distance  from  the 
^•T^^'^J-.  ?^^  "Pon  a  map,  the  latitude  is  found  at  the 
side;  It  It  mcrease  upwards,  it  is  north:  if  downwards  it 
IS  south.  '  ' 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  longitude  ? 

A.  Longitude  is  the  distance  of  a  place  from  the  first  me- 
ridian, either  east  or  west.  If  it  be  on  the  east  side,  it  is 
east  longitude  ;  and  on  the  west  side,  it  is  west  longitude 

«.  What  IS  the  greatest  longtitude  a  place  can  have  ? 

A.  One  hundred  and  eighty  degrees,  which  is  one  half  of 
the  circumference  of  the  globe.  All  places  under  the  first 
be^^in    "'  ^°  longitude,  it  being  there  that  longitude 

tu(^'?^^^  °^^  ^^'^  distinguish  between  east  and  west  longi- 

A.  If  the  numbers  increase  towards  the  right  hand  it 
te  east  longitude,  but  if  they  increase  towards  the  left  haid. 
It  IS  west  longitude.  ' 


12 


CATECHISM   OP 


Q   How  is  longitude  found  ? 

A.  Upon  a  globe  it  is  found  at  the  equator,  but  upon  a 
map  at  the  top  and  bottom.* 

Q.  How  do  nations  generally  reckon  longitude  ? 

A.  Each  from  the  capital  of  their  own  country.  We  of 
the  United  States,  reckon  from  Washington;  the  English, 
from  Greenwich  near  London;  the  French,  from  Paris;  and 
the  Spaniards  from  Madrid. 


I 


CHAPTER  YII. 

Of  Maps. 

Q.  What  is  a  map  ? 

A.  A  representation  of  a  part,  or  of  the  whole  of  the 
earth's  surface. 

Q.  How  are  maps  usually  drawn  ? 

A.  The  top  of  the  map  is  the  north,  the  bottom  is  the 
south,  the  right  hand  is  the  east,  and  the  left  hand  is  the 
west. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean  by  north,  south,  east  and  west  ? 

A.  I  mean  the  four  cardinal  points  of  the  compass. 

Q.  Wiiat  is  a  compass  ? 

A.  An  instrument  used  by  navigators  at  sea  to  point 
out  the!"  course. 

Q.  How  does  it  point  out  their  course  '^ 

A.  The  needle  of  the  compass  always  points  to  the 
north. 

Q.  In  what  direction  are  the  north  and  south  ? 

A.  The  north  is  towards  the  north  pole,  and  the  south 
towards  the  south  pole. 

Q.  In  what  direction  are  the  east  and  west  ? 

A.  The  east  is  that  point  where  the  sun  rises,  and  the 
west,  where  it  sets. 

Q.  How  are  rivers  represented  on  maps  ? 
^  •A.  They  are  represented  by  black  lines  winding  accord- 
ing to  their  course. 

{n'r.Tilf  ^f-K"*®^"  ^l  longitude  are  not  equal,  like  those  of  latitude,  but  diminish 
15  ?o??  5  ^°"^*  *^®  meridians  incline  towards  the  poles.  Hence,  in  «0  degree* 
^,«I«l"  .®'^*  ^^^""^^  °^  longitude  is  but  half  the  quaiiUty  of  a  degree  upon  the 
equator,  and  so  on  in  proportion  for  the  rest 


)ut  upon  a 


y.  We  of 
le  English, 
Paris;  and 


GEOGRAPHY. 


18 


Q.  How  are  mountains  shown  1 

A.  They  are  shown  by  lines  which  form  a  shade  in  the 
direction  in  which  they  extend. 

Q.  How  are  the  boundaries  of  countries  marked  ? 
A.  They  are  marked  by  dotted  lines. 


CHAPTER   YIIT. 


lole  of  the 

torn  is  the 
and  is  the 

^est? 
ipass. 

a  to  point 
ts  to  the 
the  south 
!S,  and  the 


ig  accord- 


0/  the  Zones. 

Q.  What  are  the  Zones  ? 

A.  Divisions  of  the  earth's  surface  made  by  the  tropics 
and  polar  circles. 

Q.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  zone  ? 

A.  It  means  a  belt  or  girdle. 

Q.  How  many  zones  are  there  ? 

A.  There  are  five  zones,  namely,  one  torrid,  two  tempe- 
rate, and  two  frigid  or  frozen  zones. 

Q.  Where  is  the  torrid  zone,  and  why  is  it  so  called*? 

A.  The  torrid  zone  includes  all  that  part  of  the  earth 
which  is  situated  between  the  tropics,  and  is  denominated 
torrid,  or  burning,  because  of  the  great  and  continued  heat 
of  the  sun,  under  whose  course  it  lies. 

Q.  What  are  the  temperate  zones,  and  why  are  they  so  called  ? 

A.  The  temperate  zones  include  all  those  parts  of  the 
earth  which  are  situated  between  the  tropics  and  polar  cir- 
cles ;  within  the  two  extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  which  ren- 
ders the  air  more  temperate,  on  which  account  these  parts 
are  much  more  improved. 

Q.  Where  are  the  frigid  zones  situated,  and  why  are  they  so 
denominated  ? 

A.  They  are  situated  between  the  polar  circles,  extend- 
ing round  each  pole,  and  are  called  frigid  or  frozen,  from 
the  rays  of  the  sun  falling  so  very  obliquel/  "n  those  parts, 
which  renders  them  excessively  cold. 


,  but  diminish 
in  60  degreM 
;ree  upon  the 


u 


CATECHISM   OP 


\  i 


CHAPTER  IX. 

Political  divisions  of  the   World. 

Q.  What  are  the  political  divisions  of  the  world  ? 

A.  They  are  chiefly  empires,  kingdoms  and  republii  . 

Q.  What  is  an  empire  ? 

A.  An  empire  consists  of  several  countries  or  s&fttei 
united  under  one  sovereign,  who  is  usually  styled  an  Em- 
peror. 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  empires  ? 

A.  Great  Britain,  Russia,  Austria  and  France.  Em- 
pires are  sometimes  composed  of  kingdoms  or  provinces 
immediately  joining  each  other,  such  as  Austria ;  others 
are  formed  of  territories  situated  in  different  parts  of  the 
earth,  as  the  British  Empire. 

Q.  What  is  a  kingdom  ? 

A.  A  country  governed  by  a  king  or  queen,  as  Prussia, 
Spain,  Sweden. 

Q.  What  is  a  republic  ? 

A.  A  republic  is  a  country  which  is  governed  by  rulers 
chosen  by  the  people,  as  the  United  States. 

Q.  What  is  a  principality  1 

A.  A  country  governed  by  a  prince. 

Q.  What  is  a  province  ? 

A.  A  country  governed  by  a  delegate,  as  Canada,  Nova 
Scotia,  New  Brunswick. 


M 


if 


CHAPTER  X. 

Of  the  Races  of  Men. 

Q.  What  are  the  various  races  of  mankind  ? 

A.  There  are  five  :  The  European  or  Caucassian,  the 
Asiatic  or  Mongolian,  the  American,  the  Malay,  and  the 
African  or  Negro. 

Q.  How  may  they  be  classed  as  to  their  color  ? 

A.  Into  the  white,  yellow,  red,  brown  and  black  races. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


15 


3UblM    . 

or  s&atei 
d  an  Em- 


ace.    Em- 
provinces 
&  ;  others 
.rts  of  the 


,s  Prussia, 
by  rulers 


Q.  What  are  the  natiDns  of  the  European  or  white  race  ? 

A.  All  the  nations  of  Europe,  Western  Asia,  the  North 
of  Africa,  and  all  the  white  inhabitants  of  America. 

Q.  What  nations  are  included  in  the  Asiatic,  or  yellow  race? 

A.  All  the  nations  of  Eastern  Asia,  with  the  exception 
f  the  Malays. 

Q.  What  other  nations  are  of  this  race  ? 

A.  The  Fins  and /Laplanders  of  Europe,  and  the  Esqui 
maux  of  America. 

Q.  What  people  form  the  copper-colored  or  red  race  ? 

A.  The  American  Indians. 

Q.  What  nations  belong  to  the  Malay  or  brown  race  ? 

A.  The  inhabitants  of  Malacca  and  Malaysia,  with  those 
of  Polynesia  and  New  Zealand. 

Q.  What  portion  of  the  earth  is  inhabited  by  the  African  or 
black  race  I 

A.  The  whole  of  Western,  Central  and  Southern  Africa. 
Q.  What  is  the  population  of  the  entire  world  I 
A.  About  nine  hundred  millions. 


CHAPTER  XI. 


ida,  NoTa 


3sian,  the 
,  and  the 


jk  races. 


Of  Religion  and  Governmmt. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  systems  of  relif^ion  ? 

A.  The  Christian,  the  Jewish,  the  Mahometan  and  the 
Pagan. 

Q.  Who  are  Christians  ? 

A.  All  those  who  believe  in  Christ  as  the  Saviour  of 
mankind. 

Q.  How  are  Christians  divided "? 

A.  Into  the  Catholic  Church,  the  Greek  Church,  and 
the  various  Protestant  Sects. 

Q.  What  is  the  number  of  each  % 

A.  The  Catholics  are  about  two  hundred  millions,  those 
of  the  Greek  Church  about  sixtv-fiye  millions  the  Pro- 
testant  Sects  number  about  fifty-millions  ;  the  Jews  five 
millions ;  the  Mahometans  one  hundred  and  twenty  Mil- 
lions, and  all  the  rest  are  Pagans. 


16 


CATECHISM   OF 


Q.  What  is  government "? 

A.  The  power  by  which  the  laws  of  a  country  are  made 
and  executed. 

Q.  What  are  the  different  kinda  of  government  ? 

A.  They  are  three  in  number :  Monarchy,  Aristocracy, 
and  Democracy. 

Q.  What  is  monarchy  ? 

A.  That  form  of  government  in  T^ihich  an  emperor  or 
king  rules  during  his  life. 

Q.  What  is  an  aristocracy  ? 

A.  A  government  where  the  power  is  vested  in  a  few 
persons  called  nobles. 

Q.  What  is  a  democracy  1 

A.  A  free  government  in  which  the  people  choose  their 
own  rulers  for  stated  periods  of  time. 


CHAPTER  XIT. 


i  I 

H 


AMERICA. 

Q.  What  is  America  ? 

A.  America  or  the  New  World,  as  it  is  often  called,  is 
a  great  continent  comprising  nearly  all  the  land  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere. 

Q.  How  is  America  bounded  I 

A.  It  is  bounded  north  by  the  Northern  Ocean  ;  west 
by  the  Pacific  Ocean ;  south  by  the  Southern  Ocean,  and 
east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

Q.  How  is  it  divided  ? 

A.  Into  North  and  South  America. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  divisions  of  North  and  South 
America  ? 

A.  North  America  comprehends  Russian  America,  Bri- 
tish America,  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Central  America, 
or  Guatimala,  and  the  West  Indies.  South  America  com- 
prehends Columbia,  Guiana,  Brazil,  Peru,  Bolivia,  Par- 
aguay, La  Plata  or  Buenos  Ayres,  Uruguay,  Chili  and 
Patagonia, 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  mountains  ? 

A.  In  North  America :  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  Al- 


n 


GEOGRAPHY. 


n 


y  are  made 
ristocracy, 
jmperor  or 
I  in  a  few 
[loose  their 


leghany  Mountains,  the  White  Mountains,  and  the  Green 
Mountains     In  South  America  :  the  Andes  or  Cordilleras. 

y.  What  are  its  chief  lakes  ? 

A.  Lakes  Superior,  Huron,  Michigan,  Erie,  Ontario. 
Champlain,  Winnipeg,  and  Slave  Lake. 

Q    What  are  its  chief  bays  and  gulfs  '* 

r  "fp  ^.""^^'l  ''''^  Hudson's  Bay,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the 

rT  ?xL     '  -Lawrence,  and  the  Gulf  of  CaUfornia. 

Q.  What  are  its  principal  rivers "? 

A.  The  Mississippi,  the  Missouri,  the  St.  Lawrence,  the 
Ottawa,  the  St.  John's  (New  Brunswick,)  the  Ohio  the 
Hudson,  and  the  Columbia,  in  North  America;  the  Ama- 
^°?/  tlje  La  Plata,  and  the  Orinoco  in  South  America. 

t^.  Who  discovered  America? 

A.  Columbus,  a  Genoese,  in  1492. 


I  called,  is 
md  in  the 


ean  ;  west 
)cean,  and 


and   South 

erica,  Bri- 
America, 
erica  com- 
iivia,  Par- 
Chili  and 


s,  the  Al- 


'M 


CHAPTER  XIIL 

OP    NORTH     AMERICA 

Q.  How  is  North  America  bounded  ? 
^u"^-;.^^]^  bounded  north  by  the  Frozen  Ocean  ;  west  by 
the  Pacific  Ocean  ;  south  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  the  Isth- 
mus of  Darien  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  :    east  by  the 
Atlantic  Ocean.  "^ 

Q.  What  is  North  America  ? 

A.  It  is  the  largest  division  of  the  Western  Continent. 

(ci.  liow  far  does  it  extend  ? 

^.  It  extends  from  the  Isthmus  of  Darien  northward  to 
the  Arctic  Ocean,  4,800  miles,  and  from  east  to  west,  in 
Its  widest  part  3,200  miles. 

Q.  What  does  it  contain  'i 

A.  It  contains  the  largest  lakes  in  the  world  :  Lakes 
buperior,  Huron  and  Michigan,  the  most  extensive  bodies 
of  fresh  water  in  the  world.  The  Mississippi,  reckoning 
trom  the  source  of  the  Missouri,  is  the  largest  river,  but 
the  bt.  Lawrence  discharges  the  greatest  body  of  water 

Q.  What  two  great  chains  of  mountains  are  oi  the"  western 
coast  of  North  America  ? 

A.  The  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Me  '  an  Cordilleras. 


( 


18 


CATECHISM   OP 


n 


ft  -  11 


Q.  What  great  chain  in  tho  east  of  North  America  ? 

A.  The  Aileghauies. 

Q.  What  is  the  central  part  of  North  America  ? 

A.  It  is  a  vast  plain,  or  level  region,  extending  from  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  to  the  Arctic  Ocean. 

Q.  What  are  the  political  divisions  of  North  America "? 

A.  The  political  divisions  of  North  America  are  :  the 
United  States  in  the  centra  ;  British,  Russian,  and  Danish 
America  in  the  North  ;  and  Mexico  and  Guatimala  in  the 
south  ;  eastward  of  the  two  last  lie  the  West  Indies,  all 
the  islands  of  which,  except  Hayti,  belong  to  different 
European  powers. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


Q.  How  are  the  United  States  bounded  ? 

A.  They  are  bounded  north  by  British  America ;  west 
by  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  Mexico  ;  south  by  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  ;  and  east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  the  United  States  ? 

A.  About  twenty-four  millions,  of  whom  three  millions 
are  slaves. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  city  of  the  United  States  1 

A.  Washington. 

Q.  How  are  the  United  States  divided  1 

A.  They  are  divided  into  the  Northern,  Middle,  South- 
ern and  Western  States. 

Q.  Which  are  the  Northern  States  ? 

A.  They  are  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massa- 
chusetts, Rhode  Island  and  Connecticut. 

Q.  Which  are  the  Middle  States  ? 

A.  They  are  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey  and 
Delaware. 

Q.  Which  are  the  Southern  States  1 

J.  They  are  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisi- 
ana, Texas,  and  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Q.  Which  are  the  Western  States'? 
^  A.  They  are  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois.  Missouri.  Kentucky, 
lennessee,  Arkansas,  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Iowa  and  Call, 
forma 


GEOGRAPHY'. 


19 


a 


5  from  the 

rica"? 
are  :  the 
Qd  Danish 
lala  in  the 
Indies,  all 
>  different 


ica ;  west 
5  Gulf  of 


e  millions 


le,  South- 
t,  Massa- 
ersey  and 


la,  South 
►i,  Louisi- 


[entucky. 
and  Call* 


Q.  What  territories  belong  to  the  United  States  ? 

A.  Ore^ron,  Utah,  Minesota,  Missouri,  the  Indian  Ter- 
ritory, and  New  Mexico. 

Q.  What  is  the  government  of  the  United  States  *» 

A  It  IS  a  Federal  Republic  ;  each  state  is  in  many  re- 
spects  independent,  and  has  a  government  of  its  own 

Q.  What  IS  committed  to  the  general  government  "* 

A  The  defence  of  the  Union,  the  coining  of  money,  the 
regulation  of  commerce  and  all  other  concerns  affectino- 
the  whole  nation.  ° 

Q.  Of  what  does  the  executive  government  consist '» 
mofh      consists  Of  the  President,  Vice-President;  and  the 
members  of  the  Cabinet. 
Q.  What  is  Congress  ? 

A.  Congress  is  the  great  national  legislature:  it  consists 
of  two  distinct  branches,  the  Senate  and  the  House  of 
Representatives. 

Q.  What  are  the  productions  of  the  United  States '' 
fi  \,'h  Eastern  States  are  noted  for  their  manufactures- 
the  Middle  for  commerce;   the  Southern  for  cotton,  rice 

ba?co  '  *^'  ^^'*''''  ^'"'  ^°''°'  ""^^^^  ^^^  *^ 

Q.  What  minerals  are  found  in  the  United  States  '^ 
A.  Gold,  iron    copper  and  lead,  exist  in  various  parts. 

and  coal,  salt  and  lime,  abound  in  others 

Unit'ed  sLts  r'  ^°"  ^"^  '''^'  ""'^^  ''^^'^  *^  *^^  '^^^^'°^^^  «^  *^« 

con"!*  ^'^  ^^\^^oads  of  the  United  States  are  eleven  thou- 
Band  miles  m  length,  and  are  estimated  to  have  cost  three 
hundred  and  forty  eight  millions  of  dollars. 
H'  What  is  said  of  the  canals  1 

sixiiundrYd  ^Xs."'"^'*'""''  ""  '='*''"  "'  ''''"'  *'^°"=''"^ 
Q.  Have  the  United  States  any  established  church  '^ 
A   J\o  ;  religion  is  left  to  the  voluntary  choice  of  the 
people  each  one  being  free  to  choose  his  own. 

A    ^i^I^  *.^'*.  P".°°^Pal  rivers  of  the  United  States  1 
T?il;  .?"  ^^/^s^s^^m  the  Missouri,  the  Arkansas,  the  Red 
River,  the  Ohio,  the  Hudson,  the  Delaware,  and  the  Pnn- 
neciicut.  '  "    — 

Q.  What  two  lakes  Uo  wholly  within  the  United  States ' 
A.  Lakes  Michigan  and  Champlain. 


/ 


20 


CATECniSU   OF 


^i  ^lY^^^^""^  ^^^^®3  ^'0  ono  half  in  tho  United  States,  and 
one  half  in  Upper  Canada  1 

A.  Lakes  Superior,  Erie,  Huron  and  Ontario. 

Q.  VVhat  canal  connects  tho  Hudson  River  with  Xake  Erie  ^ 

A.  The  Erie  Canal. 

Q.  What  canal  connects  the  Hudson  River  with  Lake  Cham- 
plain  f 

A.  The  Champlain  Canal. 

Q.  What  are  tho  six  largest  cities  in  the  United  States  I 
A.  Is  ew  York,  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,   Boston.  New 
Orleans  and  Cincinnati. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  islands  of  the  United  States  ? 
A.  Rhode  Island,  Long  Island  and  Nantucket. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

Of  the  Eastern,  or  New  England  States. 

Q.  What  are  the  six  Eastern  States  ? 

u^' J^^.L'^^^  ^J^'"^'  ^^"^  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massa- 
chusetts, Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut. 

Q.  For  what  are  the  Eastern  States  distinguished  '^ 
A.  They  are  distinguished  for  their  commerce  and  manu- 
actures,  and  for  the  intelligence,  and  industry  of  their  in- 
habitants. The  climate  is  subject  to  great  extremes  of 
heat  and  cold,  but  is  generally  healthy.  The  soil  varies 
trom  the  richest  to  the  most  sterile. 
Sta^esT^""*  *^^  ^^°^^^  ^^  mountains  are  in  the  New  England 

A.  The  White  Mountains  in  New  Hampshire,  and  th 
Green  Mountains  in  Vermont. 
Q.  Which  is  the  largest  river  in  New  England  ^ 
A.  The  Connecticut. 

A.  The  St.  JchrT. 

Q.  Which  is  tb;^  I  rVhest  mountain  in  New  England? 

^.  Mount  T^'csiiagion,  one  of  the  White  Mountains. 

BW  riampshire.     Its  height  is  6,234  feet  "    "" 


IS' 


Q.  \ 

A. 
Q.  \ 

A.  ] 

Q.  V 

A.  1 
Q.  \\ 

A.  a 

John's. 
Q.  W 

New  ij, 

A.  1 

Q.  W 

^.  J\/ 

Lake. 

Q.  W 

Q.  Fo 
^.  F( 
beauty  c 
Q.  Wl 
^.  Tl 
Q.  Wl 
^.  Th 


Q.  Wh 
^.  Mc 

and  Pot! 
Q.  Fror 
^.  Fr( 

from  nort 
Q.  Wh{ 
^.  Ma 

toes  ;  hoi 
I     Q.  Wha 

i         /I      mi 

-n.  xnr 
Q.  Wha 
^.  Cau 


GEOGRAPHY. 


atos,  and 

e  Erie  ? 
:e  Cham- 


•n,  New 


21 


;es? 


Massjv- 

l  manu- 

heir  in- 

mes  of 

varies 

5^ngland 
nd  tho 

Bruna- 
ntains- 


MAINE. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Maine  ^ 

0   WW  "'^V,^'^'*!^"^'  ^^»^«^  '^nd  Bath. 
Q.  What  are  the  principal  productions  of  Maine  i 

0  •  wZ'-'J''^''  'rl'  P^^^  «"d  grain.  ' 

id.  What  18  Its  population  ^ 

e  wiLVZ'iL'' "•  "^  eiRMj-tLrce  thousand. 
John's       ^'""'"''""''  ""^  ^''""''^'^o'.  *"«  St.  Croix,  and  St. 

New  SlicH  '"°''  '"  '""^  ""■""  »f  Maine,  and  flows  into 

-4.  The  St.  John's. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  lakes  in  Maine  i 
^  A  Moose  Head  Lake,  Chosimcock  Lake,  and  Grand 

NEW   HAltPSRIBE. 

Q.  What  are  the  ohief  towns  of  New  Hampshire ' 
A.  Co.vcoRD,  Portsmouth,  Dover  and  Hanover 
A    Fortf  "  N-jw  Hampshire  distinguiSed  ?      ' 

(^.  VV  hat  18  its  population  ? 

o  •  wi!'!^  ^""^''^  ^"^  e'ffb<:een  thousand 
Q.  What  are  its  principal  rfvers  ?  ' 

^.  The  Connecticut,  the  Piscataqua,  and  the  Cocheco. 

VERMONT. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  towns  in  Vermont  ' 

and'^pS"""^'  ^"^^^°°^^"'  ^--"^tSn;  Middlebur,. 

Vprnn^^i!*  ^n' ^'^'"^"^  ^«"^«  its  name  ?      , 

from  nlTtotua"'  ""'""'"^^  "^^^^  ™  *^-"gb  it 
Q.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  Vermont  t 

J    Q. '  WhTfs  its  populat1o'„\'='P  ""=  ""^^"^ '"  S'-*'"  "-■nbers. 
"    o  ■  ivl!'"f  '"""''■ed  and  fourteen  thousand 


22 


CATECHISM   OF 


Q.  Whi'^li  are  the  principal  risers  1 

A.  The  Counecticut,  the  IVlissisquoi,  Lamoile  and  Onion 

Q.  What  is  tho  principal '  ite "? 

A.  Lake  Memphramagog. 

Q.  What  large  lake  lies  between  Vermont  and  New  York  1 

A.  Lake  Champlaiu. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Massachusetts  1 

A.  Boston,  Salem,  Worcester,  Lowell,  Springfield  and 

kail  River. 

Q.  What  is  to  he  remarked  of  Massachusetts  ? 

A.  It  is  the  oldest  and  most  important  of  the  Eastern 

siiittes. 

Q.  For  what  is  Massachusetts  distinguished  ? 

A.  It  is  distinguished  for  its  agriculture,  manufactures 
and  commerce ;  also,  for  the  number  of  its  literary  insti- 
tutions. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  Nine  hundred  and  ninety-five  thousand.  It  is  the 
most  thickly  settled  of  the  New  England  states. 

Q.  What  two  mountains  are  in  the  western  part  of  Massa- 
chusetts 1 

A.  Saddle  Mountain  and  Bald  Peak. 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Massachusetts? 

A.  The  Connecticut  and  the  Merrimac. 

Q.  What  islands  belong  to  Massachusetts  I 

A.  Nantucket  a  ad  Martha's  Vineyard. 

KHCLE   LSLAND. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  towns  of  Rhode  Island  ? 

A.  Providence,  Newport,  Bristol,  South  Kingston  and 
East  Greenwich.* 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  llhode  Island  ? 

A.  Rhode  Island  is  the  smallest  state  in  the  Union,  and 
is  distinguished  for  its  flourishing  manufactures  and  exten- 
eive  commerce. 

Q.  What  is  its  population? 

A.  One  hundred  and  fort^-eight  thousand. 

*  The  legislature  of  Rhode  Island  meets  altornatolj  in  these  five  cities,  but 
the  two  first,  are  regarded  as  the  capitals  of  the  State. 


Q.  Wl 
A.  Th 
in  this  sti 
Q.  Wh 
A.  Rl 


Q.  Wh 
A.  m 

Bridgepo 
Q.  Wh 
A,  Co 

carriages, 
Q.  Whj 
A.  Thi 
Q.  Whi 
A.  Th( 

,  Q.  Wh£ 
A.  Lor 

Tfhich  it  ii 


Q.  Whic 
A.  The; 

Delaware. 
Q.  For  V 
A.  The: 

perity  and 

merce  and 

railroads. 

mild  and  I 
Q.  What 
A.  IroUj 

ffiost  impor 
Q.  Whic] 
A.  The 

Susquehani 


4m 
5# 


GEOGRAPHY. 


23 


md  Onion 


w  York  1 


^field  and 

e  Eastern 

Qufactures 
rary  insii- 

It  is  the 
of  Massa- 

fcs? 


Q.  What  is  the  principal  river  ? 

In  i'  '^?!  Pa^tucket  or  Blackstone  River,  which  is  partiv 
*fi«,  state  and  partly  in  Massachusetts  ' 

(i.  n^hat  two  islands  belong  to  this  Bh,  .e  '^ 
A.  Rhode  Island  and  Block  Island. 

CONNECTICUT. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  towns  of  Connecticut  ^ 
^.  Hartford    New  Haven,  New  London,  Stonin«-ton. 
Bridgeport  and  Norwich.  uuiu^duu, 

Q.  VVhat  are  the  chief  productions  of  Connecticut  i 

carfiages  eTc.  '"^  ''''"'''  ^''^''  P'^^^'  ^""^^"^^  ^1°^^^* 
Q.  What  is  its  population  1 
n'  wu?"l^  liundred  and  seventy-one  thousand. 
A    wu^^^^  ^^  principal  rivers  of  Connecticut? 

o  ivK  f  1  ''"'^*i'^''f'v**'^  Housatonic  and  the  Thames. 
.  Q.  \\  hat  large  island  lies  south  of  Connecticut  '^ 

_^.  Long  Island,  which  gives  its  name  to  the  Sound,  by 
Tfhich  It  IS  separated  from  Connocticut.  ^ 


CHAPTER  XYI. 

O/  the  Middle  States. 


Q.  Which  are  the  Middle  States  * 
Defawarf  """"  ^^'"^  ^"'^'  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey  and 
1  Q.  For  what  are  these  states  distinguished  '^ 

,ston  and  v^y'^:::^^^^:!^!^^^^:^ 

Sads"  if™"""?'  T  'V'"''  extensive  cSaTd 

md  exten.        q.  Wh„t  .^o  the  principal  minerals  found  in  theae  states  ? 
Bol'in.w'A"''?"''    f'"''    '""''"""'  '^'"1  ■^"We,  but  the 

^'   Thl  w  ^       P-.u"'';'^"  ''"'"^  «f  ">«  Middle  States  t 
Sufquebanna"''''"'  ""^  "'^'''"'"^'  *''^  ^'^''"y"^'"  ""-^  the 


Ive  cities,  but 


"S 


24 


CATECHISM   OF 


Q.  Which  are  the  principal  mountains  ? 
A.  The  Alleghany  Mountains,  the  Blue  Mountains,  the 
Catskill  Mountains,  and  the  Adirondack  Mountains. 

NEW   YORK. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  of  the  State  of  New  York  ? 

A.  Albany,  New  York,  Troy,  TJtica,  Syracuse,  Roch 
ster  and  Buffalo. 

Q.  What  rank  does  New  York  hold  amongst  the  other  states  . 

A.  It  holds  the  first  rank.  Its  territory  is  vast,  and  ex 
tremely  fertile;  and  its  cities,  towns  and  villages  are  re- 
markalDle  for  their  rapid  growth. 

Q.  What  are  the  productions  of  New  York  ? 

A.  Wheat,  corn,  rye,  maple  sugar,  butter  and  cheese. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  the  commerce  and  manufac- 
tures of  New  York '? 

A.  The  commerce  and  shipping  are  on  a  vast  scale,  and 
the  manufactures  are  in  a  most  flourishing  condition. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  minerals  ? 

A.  Iron,  lead,  gypsum  and  limestone.  There  are  also 
valuable  salt  springs,  in  various  places,  and  at  Ballston  and 
Saratoga  there  are  famous  medicinal  springs. 

Q.  What  remarkable  falls  are  situated  partly  in  the  state  of 
New  York  and  partly  in  Canada  West '? 

A.  Niagara  Falls,  the  most  stupendous  cataract  in  the 
world. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  the  State  of  New  York  1 

A.  Three  millions  and  ninety-eight  thousand. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  the  city  of  New  York  ? 

A.  Its  population  in  1850,  was  five  hundred  and  fifteen 
thousand  five  hundred  and  seven. 

Q.  What  are  the  principle  rivers  of  New  York  ? 

A.  The  Hudson,  the  Mohawk,  the  Genesee,  the  Oswego 
and  the  Black  Biver. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  Lakes  1 

A.  Oneida,  Cayuga,  Seneca  and  Lake  George. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  T 

A.  Mount  Marcy,  the  Adirondack,  and  the  Catskill 
Mountains. 

Q.  What  Islands  belong  to  the  State  of  New  York  I 

A.  Long  Island  and  Staten  Island. 


Q.  W] 

A.  H 

Q.  Wl 

A.  C( 

of  fruits 

wealth  ( 

and  lime 

Q.  W] 

A.  T\ 

Q.  W] 

A.  Tl 

and  the 

Q.  W] 

A.  Tl 

rel  Ridg 

Q.  WI 

A.  Li 

Q.  Wl 

A.  Ti 

New  Bri 

Q.  For 

A.  Fc 

the  floui 

cotton  a 

Q.  Wl 

A.  Tl: 

Q.  Wl 

A.  Fc 

and  fifty 

Q.  Wl 
A.  D( 
Q.  Wl 
A.  W 
paper  an 
o.  Wl 

X  Ni 
Q.  Wl 
A.  Tl 


GEOGRAPHY. 


25 


ntains,  the 
ins. 

York? 
ise,  Roch 

ther  states . 
st,  and  ex 
jes  are  re- 

d  cheese. 
L  manufac- 

scale,  and 
ion. 

3  are  also 
lis  ton  and 

he  state  of 

ict  in  the 

3rk? 

:k? 

md  fifteen 

le  Oswego 


Catskill 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  of  Pennsylvania  ? 

A.  Harrisburg,  Philadelphia,  Pittsburgh  and  Lancaster. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  productions  of  Pennsylvania  ? 

A,  Corn,  wheat  and  other  grains,  with  the  various  kinds 
of  fruits  common  in  this  part  of  America.  The  mineral 
wealth  of  this  state  is  very  great,  comprising  coal,  iron, 
and  lime.     There  are  also  numerous  salt  springs. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Pennsylvania  ? 

A.  Two  millions  three  hundred  and  twelve  thousand. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Alleghany,  the  Susquehanna,  the  Monongahela, 
and  the  Schuylkill. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  in  Pennsylvania? 

A.  The  Alleghany  Mountains,  the  Blue  Mountains,  Lau- 
rel Ridge  and  Chesnut  Ridge. 

Q.  What  lake  forms  the  north-west  boundary  of  this  state  '* 

A.  Lake  Erie. 

NEW   JERSEY. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  New  Jersey  ? 

A.  Trenton,  Jersey,  Newark,  Paterson,  Princeton  and 
New  Brunswick. 

Q.  For  what  is  New  Jersey  remarkable  ? 

A.  For  the  excellence  and  abundance  of  its  fruits  and 
the  flourishing  condition  of  its  manufactories,  comprising 
cotton  and  woollen  goods,  iron,  glass,  leather,  etc. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Passaic,  the  Raritan  and  Maurice  River. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  New  Jersey  ? 

A.  Four  hundred  and  eighty-nine  thousand  five  hundred 
and  fifty-five. 

DELAWARE. 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  towns  of  Delaware  ? 

A.  Dover,  Wilmington  and  Lewis. 
I    Q.  What  are  its  chief  productions  1 

A.  Wheat,  Indian  corn,  flour,  cotton  and  woollen  goods, 
paper  and  gunpowder. 

Q..  What  is  its  population  ? 

A,  Ninety-one  thousand,  five  hundred  and  thirty  five. 

Q.  Which  is  its  principal  river  *? 

A.  The  Delaware. 


'M 


26 


CATECHISM   OF 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

Of  the  Southern  States. 
Q.  Which  are  the  Southern  States  ? 
A,  The  Southern  States  are  :  Maryland,  Virginia  North 
Carohna  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Alabama,  Mig- 
sissippi,  Louisiana,  Texas,  and  the  District  of  Columbia 
Q.  For  what  are  the  Southern  States  remarkable  '^ 
A.  For  their  vast  extent  of  territory  and  their  nume- 
rous plantations  of  cotton,  sugar,  rice  and  tobacco,  which 
are  chiefly  cultivated  by  negro  slaves.      The  climate,  in 
the  eastern  and  southern  parts,  is  warm  and  unhealthy  •  in 
the  interior,  it  is  mild  and  salubrious.  ' 

S'    mu'*'^?.^®  *^®  principle  rivers  of  the  Southern  States  ^ 
A    Ihe  Mississippi,  the  Arkansas,  the  Red  River    the 
Alabama,  James  River  and  the  Potomac. 

Q.  Which  of  these  States  border  on  the  Atlantic  '^ 
A.  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina 
Georgia  and  Florida.  ' 

Q.  Which  of  them  lie  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  '^ 
A.  Florida,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana  and  Texas. 

MARYLAND. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Maryland  ? 

n\^u^^^^^^^'  Baltimore,  Cumberland  and  Frederick 

(4.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  Maryland  '^ 

A.  Tobacco,  flour,  iron  and  coal :  of  the  two  former  it 
exports  immense  quantities. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

n- ,5[yeji«»dred  and  eighty-three  thousand. 

H-  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

n'  wu^  Potomac,  Severn  and  Patapsco. 
State  r       ""'^""^^'^^  ^^*6°<i  through  the  western  part  of  this 

A.  The  Alleghany  Mountains. 

THE    DISTRICT    OF    COLUMBIA. 

0    ^Vhat  are  the  chief  towns  of  the  District  of  Columbia  '^ 
A.  Washington,  the  Capital  of  the  United  States  and 
Georgetown.  ' 

Q.  For  what  is  Washington  remarkable  ? 
A.  For  being  the  seat  of  the  general  government,  aad 


of  most 

public  b 

ton. 

is  f 

in  Amei 

Q. 

On 

A 

.  0 

Q. 

W] 

A 

.  R 

tersburg 

Q. 

W] 

A 

w 

lead, 

iro 

Q. 

W] 

A. 

0] 

seven  hu 

Q. 

Wl 

A. 

Tt 

rivers. 

Q. 

Wl 

A. 

Tt 

Q. 

HoA 

A. 

Tl] 

high. 

Q. 

Wh 

A. 

lU 

Q. 

Wh 

A. 

Co 

and  resin 

Q. 

Wh 

A. 

Eij 

Q. 

Wh 

A. 

Th 

Tar  river 

Q. 

Wh 

1   A. 

Pir 

1   Q. 

Wh 

A. 

Th 

(am. 


'"&'t- 


inia,  North 
bama,  Mis- 
olumbia. 

heir  nume- 
cco,  which 
climate,  in 
ealthy  ;  in 

1  States  ? 
River,  the 


i  Carolina, 
Qd  Texas. 

■ederick. 
former  it 


irt  of  this 


umbia  ? 
ateSj  and 

lent,  afld 


m  GEOGRAPUT.  2t 

of  most  of  the  public  offices  ;  also  for  the  splendor  of  its 
public  buildings.  Georgetown,  three  miles  from  Washing- 
ton, is  famous  as  the  principal  establishment  of  the  Jesuits 
in  America. 

Q.  On  what  river  are  both  situated  ? 

A.  On  the  Potomac. 

VIRGINIA. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  towns  in  Virginia  ? 

A.  Richmond,  Norfolk,  Fredericksburg,  Lynchburg,  Pe- 
tersburg, Wheeling  and  Yorktown. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  Virginia  ? 

A.  Wheat,  corn,  cotton  and  tobacco  ;  also  gold,  copper 
lead,  iron,  coal  and  salt.  ' 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Virginia? 

A.  One  million  four  hundred  and  twenty-one  thousand 
seven  hundred. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 
^  A.  The  Potomac,  Rappahannock,  Yorktown  and  James 
rivers. 

Q.  What  mountains  extend  through  Virginia  ? 

A.  The  Alleghany  Mountains  and  the  Blue  Ridge. 

Q.  How  long  and  how  hi/^h  are  the  Alleghany  Mountains  ? 

A.  They  are  nine  huudred  miles  long  and  half  a  mile 
high. 

NORTH    CAROLINA. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  North  Carolina  ? 

A.  Raleigh,  Wilmington  and  Fayetteville. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  exports  of  North  Carolina  ? 

A.  Corn,  cotton,  tobacco,  lumber,  turpentine,  tar,  pitch 
and  resin.  ^ 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  Eight  hundred  and  sixty-eight  thousand  nine  hundred. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Cape  Fear,   Yadkin,   Catawba,  Roanoke  and 
Tar  rivers. 

Q.  What  two  sounds  in  North  Carolina "? 
I    A.  Pimlico  and  Albemarle  Sounds. 
i    Q.  What  mountains  in  the  western  part  of  North  Carolina? 

A.  The  Blue  Ridge,  Black  Mountain  and  Stone  Moun- 
tain. 


28 


CATECHISM   OP 


SOUTH    CAROLINA. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  South  Carolina  1 
A.  Columbia  and  Charleston. 

Q.  What  are  the  staple  productions  of  South  Carolina  "* 
A.  Cotton  and  rice  are  the  principal,  but  it  also  pro- 
duces  corn,  tobacco  and  wheat. 
Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  Six  hundred  and  sixty-eight  thousand  five  hundred. 
Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 
A.  The  Santee,  Great  Pedee  and  Broad  rivers. 


the  ma 

and  fig 
Q.  V 
A.  ] 
Q.  V 
A.  [ 

water, 
Q.  A 
A.  ^ 

Okeecl 


CHAPTER  XYIII. 

Tke  Southern  States,  continued. 

GEORGIA. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Georgia  ? 
A.  MiLLEDGEviLLE,  Savannah,  Augusta,  Columbus  and 
Macon. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  exports  of  Georgia  ? 
A.  Cotton,  rice,  lumber,  pitch,  tar,  turpentine,  tobacco 
and  sugar. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  Nine  hundred  and  six  thousand. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  1 

A   The  Savannah,  Ockmulgee,  Oconee,  Alatamaha  and 
Fhnt  rivers. 

Q.  What  two  ranges  of  mountains  cross  the  north-western 
part  01  beorgia  T 

A.  The  Alleghany  Mountains  and  the  Blue  Ridge. 

FLORIDA. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Florida  ? 
lachi"  T"^^^^^^^^^'   ^*'   -Augustine,   Pensacola  and   Apa- 
Q.  For  what  is  Florida  chiefly  remarkable  1 

A    For  the  abundance  and  variety  of  its  vegetable  pro- 
ductions, the  extent  and  grandeur  of  its  forests,  and  for 


Q.  W 

Tille. 
Q.  W 
A.  C 

bacco  8 

chief  m 
Q.  W 
A.  S 

and  sev 
Q.  W 
A.  1 

and  Toi 
Q.  W 
A.  T 


Q.  w: 

A.  J. 

Grand  ( 

Q.  Fo 

A.  F 

8  oil,  am 

which  ai 

Q.  W] 

A.  Si 

five. 
n   ^m 

A.   T 

Ptiver,  a 


GEOGRAPHY. 


St 


irolina  "* 

it  also  pro* 

e  hundred. 

3rs. 


lumbus  and 
ne,  tobacco 


amaha  and 
•rth-western 
tidge. 

and   Apa- 


stable  pro- 
;s,  and  for 


the  many  rich  fruits,  such  as  limes,  prunes,  peaches,  gmpefl 
and  figs,  which  grow  wild  in  its  woods. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Florida  ? 

A.  Eighty-seven  thousand  four  hundred. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  1 

A.  The  Escambia,  Black-water,  Apalachicola,  Yellow- 
water,  Suwanee  and  the  Oscilla  rivers. 

Q.  Are  there  any  considerable  lakes  in  Florida  ? 
'    A.  Yes,  there  are  several ;  the  two  largest  are  Lake 
Okeechobee  and  Lake  George. 

ALABAMA. 

Q.  What  are  the  principle  towns  in  Alabama  ? 

A.  Montgomery,  Mobile,  Florence,  Tuscumbia  and  Hunts- 
ville. 

Q.  What  is  the  staple  production  of  Alabama  1 

A.  Cotton  is  its  principal  export,  but  corn,  wheat,  to- 
bacco and  rice  are  also  cultivated.  Iron  and  coal  are  its 
chief  minerals. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  *? 

A.  Seven  hundred  and  seventy-one  thousand  six  hundred 

and  seventy. 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  rivers  of  Alabama  1 

A.  The  Alabama,  Mobile,  Tennessee,  Black  Warrior 

and  Tombigby.  ' 

Q.  What  mountains  in  the  northern  part  of  Alabama  1 
A.  The  Cumberland  and  the  Alleghany  Mountains. 

S  MISSISSIPPI. 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  towns  of  Mississippi  ? 

A.  Jackson,  Natchez,  Vicksburg,  Columbus,  Yazoo  City 
Grand  Gulf  and  Rodney. 

Q.  For  what  is  Mississipi  remarkable  ? 

A.  For  the  mildness  of  its  climate,  the  richness  of  its 
8  oil,  and  for  the  abundance  and  value  of  its  productions, 
which  are  chiefly  cotton,  rice,  corn,  wheat,  sugar,  etc. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  '? 

A.  Six  hundred  and  six  thousand,  five  hundred  and  fifty- 
five.  "^ 

Q,  What  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Mississippi,  Yazoo,  Pearl  River,  Big  Black 
reiver,  and  Pascagoula. 


^ 


80 


CATECHISM   OF 


■%; 


■»-.  The  Mississippi. 

LOUISIANA. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  towns  of  Louisiana  ? 

A.  Baton  Rouge,  New  Orleans,  Donaldsoiiville    Poi,.t 

oPwl^A^^""^^^^"^^^»d^I«xandria.  '         "' 

H-  What  have  you  to  say  of  Louisiana  i 

A.  Lionisiana  is,  for  the  most  part,  a  Wei  country  ron^i^f 

ng  of  marshy  land  along  the  sea-coast  of  Zrie' Sn 

the  mtenor,  and  of  pine  forests,  in  the  noC  ^  of 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  exports  '^ 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Louisiana? 

.evttyrur    "'""  '""  ''^^^"  ^^""^^'"''  ■""«  ''""^recl  and 
Q.  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  ^ 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  lakes  in  Louisiana  ? 

TEXAS. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Texas  ^ 
<^.  What  IS  to  be  said  of  Texas  '^ 

tremely  fertile;  its  climate  mild  and  DleasantL!?-/'  "'" 
ductions  are  exceedingly  valuable       '^        "''  """^  "'  P™" 
«.  Name  somo  of  its  productions. 

anges   Com  'fiT '  •""'''  *?'''"='^'''  «»"  "■"J  ''beat,  or- 
are  among  the  minerals  '        '  '^^''F'"'  """^  '<*'"' 


Mississippi, 


GEOGRAPHY. 


31 


iville,  Point 


itry,  consist- 
h'le  land  in 
ern  part  of 


)  and  lead. 
IS  that  city 
illey  of  the 


Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Texas  ? 

A.  Two  hundred  and  twelve  thousand,  five  hundred  and 
ainety-two. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

^^.    The  Sabine,   Trinity,   Brazos,    Colorada  and  Rio 
Grande. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  Texas  ? 

A   The  Guadalupe  Mountains,  the  Colorada  Hills  and 
High  Peak. 


undred  and 


5ieu  Lake, 


Antonio, 


embraces 
oil  is  ex- 
1  its  pro- 


heat,  or- 
lives  and 
and  lead 


CHAPTER   XIX. 

Of  the  Western  States  and  Territ 


ones. 


Q.  Name  the  Western  States. 
K  ^'  '^J.^?"^^^'  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Ohio,  Indiana.  11- 
linois  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Missouri  and  California 
Wachita,        JJJh  the  organised   territories  of  Minesota,  Utah,   New 

M?'  T^I'^^^'  Missouri,  or  the  North-west  Territory 
and  the  Indian  Territory.  •^' 

Q.  What  is  the  extent  of  this  region  ? 
t>  \  ^^^^^^^nds  from  the  Alleghany  Mountains  to   the 
Pacific  Ocean,  and   from  the  Red  River   to   the   Great 

Q.  For  what  are  these  states  distinguished  ? 

A.  For  their  agreeable  climate,  their  rich  and  fruitful 
8011,  their  noble  rivers,  and  the  unexampled  rapiditv  of 
tance  ^'  '"^  population,    wealth  and  political  impor- 

Q.  What  are  their  chief  productions  ? 

A.  Gold,  lead,  iron,  copper,  coal,  salt  and  lime;  also 
cotton  and  tobacco;  wheat,  Indian  corn,  hemp,  oats,  bar- 
ley, cattle,  hogs  and  horses.  ^'         ' 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 

wi'  T.^^  ^lis^^^^sippi,  Missouri,  Oliio,  Tennessee,  Illinois, 
Wjibash  and  Kentucky.  ' 

Q.  What  moimtains  in  the  Western  States  and  Territories  i 
A.  ihe  Kocky  Mountains,  Sierra  Nevada,  Coast  Moun^ 
tains,  and  Blue  Mountains. 


32 


CATECHISM    OF 


Q,  Whnt  are  the  principal  lakes  ?•  ,    .,tt.     v 

A.  Lake  Michigan,  Great  Salt  Lake,   aud  Winebago 

Lake. 

ARKANSAS. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Arkansas  ? 

A.  Little  Rock,  Van  Buren,  .Fort  Smith,  Batesville, 
Helena  and  Napoleon. 

Q.  For  what  is  Arkansas  remarkable  1 

A.  For  the  great  fertility  of  its  soil,  the  variety  of  its 
productions,  and  for  the  number  of  its  navigable  rivers. 
Its  principal  productions  are  cotton,  corn,  tobacco,  iron 
ore  and  coal,  which  are  found  in  abundance. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  1 

A.  Two  hundred  and  nine  thousand,  six  hundred  and 

forty. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Arkansas,  Red  River,  White  River,  Wachita, 
St.  Francis,  Big  Black  River,  Little  Red  River  and  Cache 

River, 

Q.  What  mountains  in  Arkansas  ? 

A.  The  Black  Hills,  and  Waoliita  Hills. 

KENTUCKY. 

Q.  Name  the  chief  towns  of  Kentucky. 

A.  Frankfort,  Louisville,  Maysville,  Covington,  New- 
port and  Bardstown. 

Q.  For  what  is  Kentucky  remarkable,  and  what  are  its  pro- 
ductions ? 

A.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  the  mild- 
ness of  its  climate,  and  for  the  diversified  character  of  its 
surface.  Its  principal  productions  are  tobacco,  hemp, 
wheat,  corn,  rye,  barley,  etc.  Apples,  pears,  peaches, 
plums  and  cherries  are  abundant. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  f 

A.  Nine  hundred  and  eighty-two  thousand,  four  hundred 
ftnd  five. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers? 

A.  The  Tennessee,  Cumberland,  Kentucky,  Green  River, 
and  Licking  River. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  Kentucky  1 

A.  The  Cumberland  Mountains,  and  Mount  Pleasant. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


33 


Q.  What  great  natural  curiosity  in  Kentucky  1 
A.  The  Mammoth  Cave. 

TENNESSEE. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Tennessee  ? 

A.  Nashville,  Memphis,  Knoxville,  Franklin  and  Co- 
hirabia. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  Tennessee  ? 

A.  Tennessee  is  one  of  the  most  healthful,  pleasant  and 
interesting  of  the  United  States.  It  is  famous  for  its  va- 
ried and  beautiful  scenery,  and  for  its  navigable  rivers. 
The  climate  is  mild  and  salubrious,  and  the  soil  is  gene- 
rally fertile. 

Q.  What  are  the  productions  of  Tennessee  ? 

A.  Cotton,  tobacco,  corn,  wheat  and  hemp.  The  princi- 
pal minerals  are  iron,  coal,  copperas,  alum,  nitre  and  lead. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  One  million,  two  thousand,  six  hundred  and  twenty. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Tennessee,  Cumberland,  Holston,  Clinch,  Pow- 
ell's and  French  Broad  rivers. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  ? 

A.  The  Cumberland  Mountains,  Stone  Mountain,  and 
Great  Smoky  Mountain. 

ofiio. 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  towns  of  Ohio  ? 

A.  Columbus,  Cincinnati,  Cleveland,  Sandusky,  Toledo, 
Dayton,  Miami,  Zanesville,  Marietta  and  Portsmouth. 

Q.  For  what  is  Ohio  distinguished  1 

A.  For  the  rapid  growth  of  its  population,  the  extent 
of  its  territory,  the  richness  of  its  soil,  and  the  mildness  of 
its  climate.  ^ 

Q.  What  are  its  main  productions  I 

A.  Wheat,  corn,  rye,  oats,  cheese,  buckwheat  and  to- 
bacco ;  horses,  cattle  and  hogs  are  also  raised  in  great 
numbers.     Iron  and  coal  are  abundant. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  "? 

A.  One  million  nine  hundred  and  eighty  thousand  four 
hundred  n^^d  eight. 

Q.  Which  are  its  chief  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Ohio,  Maumee,  Sandusky,  Miami,  Sciota,  Cu- 
yahoga and  Muskingum. 


I 


84 


CATECHISM   ur 


CHAPTER  XX. 

The  Western  States,  continiud. 
\ 

INDIANA. 

Q.  Name  the  chief  towns  of  Indiana. 

A.  Indianapolis,  Madison,  New  Albany,  Jcflfersonville, 
Vincennes,  Fort  Wayne,  Michigan  City  and  Vevay. 

Q.  For  what  is  Indiana  remarkable  'i 

A.  It  is  the  smallest  of  the  Western  States,  and  is  re- 
markable for  its  rich  prairies,  navigable  rivers,  and  for  the 
mildness  of  its  climate. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  productions  1 

A.  Corn,  wheat,  rye,  oats  and  barley;  also  tobacco, 
pork,  wool,  etc.  Its  principal  minerals  are  coal,  iron 
and  salt. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Indiana  1 

A.  Nine  hundred  and  eighty-eight  thousand  four  hun- 
dred and  sixteen. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Wabash,  Maumee,  Salamanie,  Mississineway  and 
White  rivers. 

Q.  What  large  lake  in  the  north-west  part  of  Indiana  ? 


A.  Lake  Michigan. 


ILLINOIS. 


Q.  What  are  the  principal  towns  of  Illinois  '? 

A.  Springfield,  Chicago,  Galena,  Alton,  Quincy,  Peo- 
ria and  Waukegan. 

Q.  For  what  is  Illinois  distinguished  '? 

A.  Illinois  is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  fertile  states 
in  the  Union,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  vast  prairies.  Agri- 
culture is  the  principal  pursuit  of  its  inhabitants. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  productions  1 

A.  Corn,  wheat  and  tobacco ;  cattle,  horses  and  pwine. 
The  chief  minerals  are  lead  and  coal.  At  Galena  are  the 
richest  lead  mines  in  the  world. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Illinois  ? 

A.  Eight  hundred  and  fifty-one  thousand  four  hundred 
and  seventy. 


Q.  W 

A.  T 

Sangani 

Q.  W 

J.  L 


copper-r 

salubrit 
Q.  W' 
A.  \\ 
^  chief  m 
Q.  W 
A.  T 

dred  ani 
Q.  W 
A.   i\ 

Saoinav 
Q.  VV 
A.  L 

Q.  W 

A.  M 

Green  1 

Q.  W 

A.  It 

extent  < 

Boil,  its 

populati 

.     Q.  W 

^     A.  \ 

and  lea( 

Q.  W 

A.  T 

ninety-c 

Q.  W 

A.  T 

and  Roi 


1! 


GEOGRAPHY. 


tft 


ersonville, 
ay. 

xnd  is  re- 
nd for  the 


tobacco, 
;oal,   iron 


four  hun- 

eway  aud 
na"? 


ncy,  Peo- 
ple slates 
es.   Agri- 


Qd  pwiiie. 
la  are  the 


hundred 


Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  1 

A.  The   Illinois,    Koek   River,    Mackinaw,    Kaskaskia, 
Saoganion,  Little  Wabash  and  Spoon  River. 

Q.  What  lake  forms  part  of  its  north-eastern  boundary  1 


J. 


Lake  Michigan. 


MICHIGAN. 

Q.  Name  the  principal  towns  in  JMichigan. 

A.  Lansing,  Detroit,  Ann  Arbor,  Jackson,   Marshall 
Monroe  and  Grand  Rapids. 

Q.  For  what  is  Michigan  chiefly  rcinarkiiblo  ? 

A.  For  its  fcreat  commercial  advantages,  its  valuable 
copper-mines,  the  uncommon  fertility  of  its  soil,  aud  the 
salubrity  of  its  climate. 

Q.  What  are  its  principal  productions  *? 

A.  Wheat,  corn,  oats,  rye,  apples,  grapes,  etc.  Its 
chief  minerals  are  iron  and  copper. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  "? 

A.  Three  hundred  and  ninety-seven  thousand  six  hun- 
dred nnd  lifty-four. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  rivers'? 

A.  Mnskegon,  Grand  River,  Kalamazoo,  St.  Joseph's, 
Saginaw  and  Menonionee. 

Q.  What  great  lake  between  Wisconsin  and  Michigan  1 

A.  Lake  Michigan. 

WISCONSIN. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Wisconsin  1 

A.  Madison,  Milwaukee,  Racine,  Kenosha,  Sheboygan, 
Green  Bay,  Prairie  du  Chien  and  Janesville. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  remark  of  Wisconsin  ? 

A.  It  is  a  large  and  newly-settled  state;  has  a  great 
extent  of  lake  coast,  aud  is  noted  fox  the  fertility  of  its 
Boil,  its  great  mineral  wealth,  aud  the  rapid  increase  of  its 
population. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  productions  *? 

A.  Wheat  and  corn  are  its  agricultural  productions, 
and  lead,  iron  and  copper  are  found  in  great  quantities. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  Three  hundred  and  five  thousand  one  hundred  and 
ninety-one. 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  rivers  of  Wisconsin  1 

A.  The  Wisconsin,  Chippeway,  Fox  Hirer,  Black  River 
and  Rock  River. 


a6 


CATECHISM   OF 


Q.  What  lake  in  the  n'^th-east  of  Wisconsin  ' 
A.  Winebago  Lake. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

The  Western  States,  continued. 

IOWA. 

Q.  Name  the  chief  towns  of  Iowa  ? 

A.  Iowa  City,  Burlington,  Dubuque,  Fort  Madison, 
Davenport  and  Keokuk. 

Q.  For  what  is  Iowa  remarkable,  and  what  are  its  produo- 

tioG*^  . 

A.  For  its  .immense  prairies  interspersed  with  timber 
hmd;  the  great  fertility  of  its  soil;  its  chief  productions  are 
corn,  wheat,  rye  and  oats;  its  principal  minerals  are  lead, 
coal  and  iron. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  One  hundred  and  ninety-two  thousand  two  hundred 
and  fourteen. 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Iowa? 

A  The  Iowa,  Des  Moines,  Little  Sioux  River  and  Cedar 
[liver. 

MISSOURI. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Missouri  ? 

A.  Jefferson  City,  St.  Louis,  St.  Charles,  Booneville, 
Lexington,  Hannibal,  Columbia  and  St.  Genevieve. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  Missouri '? 

A.  Missouri  is  th^  most  populous  state  west  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi. It  is  remarkable  for  the  variety  of  its  minerals, 
and  the  richness  of  its  soil.  Its  principal  productions  are 
corn,  wheat,  tobacco  and  hemp.  Horses,  cattle,  mules 
and  hogs  are  raised  in  great  numbers. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  T 

A.  Six  hundred  and  eighty-two  thousand  and  forty- 
three. 

Q.  Name  its  principal  rivers. 

A  The  Missouri,  Platte  River,  the  Charitan,  Grand 
River,  the  Osage,  Salt  River  and  White  River 


(2. 

Wh 

A. 

Si- 

and  Vail 

Q. 

For 

A. 

Fc 

amazing 

and  the  i 

grow 

in 

and  catt 

Q. 

WI 

A. 

Th 

Sacrame 

Q. 

Wl 

A. 

Th 

Shaste. 

GEOGRAPHY. 


3T 


CALIFORNIA. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  California  ? 

A.  San  Jose,  San  Francisco,  Sacramento,  Monterey 
and  Vallejo. 

Q.  For  what  is  California  noted  ? 

A.  For  the  vast  quantities  of  gold  found  there,  for  the 
amazing  increase  of  its  population,  the  fertility  of  its  soil 
and  the  mildness  of  its  climate.  Wheat  and  other  grains 
grow  in  abundance  where  the  soil  can  be  watered.  Horses 
and  cattle  are  numerous. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  nvers  ? 

A.  Tl^e  Colorado,  the  Rio  Grande,  San  Joaquin  and 
Sacramento. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  California  ? 

A.  The  Sierra  Nevada,  the  Coast  Mountains  and  Mount 
Shaste. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 

Of  the  Organized  Territories. 


]  J  i 


MINESOTA. 

Q.  What  towns  in  Minesota  ? 

A.  St.  Paul's,  Still-water  and  St.  Anthony. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  Minesota '? 

A.  Minesota  is  a  level,  fertile  and  healthy  territory, 
noted  for  its  numerous  rivers,  lakes  and  prairies ;  white  pine 
lumber  is  extensively  cut,  and  rafted  down  the  Mississippi 

UTAH    TERRITORY. 

Q.  What  is  to  be  remarked  of  the  Utah  Territory  ? 

A.  It  is  principally  settled  by  the  Mormons.  Its  chief 
towns  are  Fillmore  City  and  Salt  Lake  City.  In  the  north- 
ern part  is  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  one  hundred  and  eighty 
miles  in  circumference,  and  much  Salter  than  the  ocean. 

NEW    MEXICO. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  New  Mexico  ? 

A.  New  Mexico  is  situated  wholly  in  the  interior,  on 


!■: 


88 


CATECHISM   OF 


both  sides  of  the  Rio  Grande.  The  soil  is  for  the  most 

part  barren.    The  chief  rivers  are  the  Rio  Grande,  the 

Colorado  and  the  Gila.     The  principal  mountain  is  the 
Sierra  Madre. 

OREGON. 

Q.  What  is  to  be  said  of  the  Oregon  Territory  ? 

A.  It  is  the  largest  territory  in  the  Union.  Its  chief 
cities  are  Salem,  Astoria,  Portland,  Oregon  City,  and  Fort 
Vancouver.  The  Indian  population  of  this  territory  are 
said  to  be  more  numerous  than  the  whites,  and  many  of 
the  tribes  have  been  converted  to  Christianity  by  Catholic 
missionaries,  one  of  the  first  of  whom  was  Father  De  Smet. 
Its  principal  river  is  the  Columbia,  a  large  river  falling  into 
the  Pacific. 

MISSOURI   territory. 

Q.  What  is  said  of  the  Missouri  Territory  % 

^.  It  is  a  wild  and  extensive  region,  inhabited  only  by 
Indians,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  posts  occupied  by 
the  American  Fur  Company  and  the  United  States  troops. 
The  chief  Indian  tribes  are  the  Sioux,  Pawnees,  Crows 
and  Blackfeet. 

THE   INDIAN   TERRITORY. 

Q.  For  what  is  the  Indian  Territory  remarkable  ? 

A.  For  being  the  retreat  of  most  of  the  Indian  tribes 
who  have  at  various  times  emigrated  from  beyond  the  Mis- 
sissippi. The  Choctaws,  Creeks,  Cherokees  and  Shaw- 
nees  are  the  most  improved  of  the  emigrant  tribes  :  these 
build  houses  for  themselves,  cultivate  the  land,  and  possess 
horses  and  cattle.  Talequah  is  the  principal  town  in  the 
territory. 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

Of  British  America. 

Q.  What  is  British  America  ? 

A,  British  America  includes   the  iLudson's  Bay  Terri- 
tories, Canada,*  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  the  Islands 

*  The  re-union  of  Upper  and  Lower  Canada  was  proclairaed  by  tU«  Governor 
oa  February  10, 1841. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


89 


of  Newfoundland,  Cape  Breton,  Prince  Edward's,  and  the 
Bernaudas,  besides  several  smaller  islands  in  the  Gulf  of 
6t.  Lawrence. 

Q.  Describe  the  climate  and  soil  1 

A.  The  climate  is  very  severe  for  a  great  part  of  the 
year,  but  it  is,  nevertheless,  healthy.  The  soil,  in  many 
places,  is  equal  to  any  in  the  world,  and,  under  proper  cul- 
tivation, yields  large  crops  of  all  kinds  of  grain,  hay,  po- 
tatoes, etc.  The  trade  in  wheat  and  flour,  timber,  furs, 
pot  and  pearl  ashes,  and  the  fisheries,  makes  these  colonies 
very  valuable. 

Q.  How  is  British  America  bounded  ? 

A.  British  America  is  bounded  north  by  Baffin's  Bay 
and  the  Arctic  Ocean  ;  west  by  Russian  America  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean;  south  by  the  United  States  ;  east  by  the 
Atlantic  Ocean. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  British  America  % 

A.  It  is  about  two  million  eight  hundred  and  sixteen 
thousand  seven  hundred  and  sixty. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  and  lakes  in  British  Ame- 
rica'? 

A.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  St.  Lawrence,  Ottawa, 
Saguenay,  Richelieu,  St.  Francis,  St.  Maurice,  St.  John's, 
Niagara,  Coppermine,  and  Mackenzie.  The  principal  lakes 
are  Superior,  Huron,  Erie,  Ontario,  Athabasca,  Great 
Slave  Lake  and  the  Lake  of  the  Woods. 

Q.  What  is  the  length  of  British  America "? 

A.  From  Cape  Charles  to  the  North  Pacific,  it  is  three 
thousand  five  hundred  miles  long. 

Q.  What  is  its  breadth  '? 

A.  From  Barrow's  Straits  to  the  Missouri  Territory,  it 
is  two  thousand  miles  in  breadth. 

Q.  What  are  the  names  of  the  chief  cities  and  towns  in 
Canada '? 

A.  Quebec,  having  a  population  of  forty-two  thousand 
and  fifty-seven.  Montreal,  fifty-seven  thousand  five  hun- 
dred and  seventeen  Three  Rivers,  Sorel,  or  William 
Henry,  Dorchester  or  St.  Johns,  Sherbrooke,  and  Stan- 
stead,  in  Eastern  Canada  ;  and  Toronto,  containing-^ thirty 
tliousand  seven  hundred  and  sixty-three  inhabitants,  Kings- 
ton twelve  thousand,  Hamilton,  Brockville,  Bytown,  New 


40 


CATECHISM  OP 


ma 


London,  Niagara,  Cobourg,  Sandwich,  and  St.  Catherine'a, 
in  Western  Canada. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Canada  ? 

A.  Quebec  is  the  present  capital.  The  Seat  of  Govern- 
ment is  alternately  for  four  years  at  Toronto  and  Quebec. 
It  was  removed  to  Quebec  in  October,  1851,  to  continue 
there  till  1855. 

Q.  How  is  Eastern,  formerly  Lower  Canada,  divided "? 

A.  Into  six  Districts,  viz  : — Quebec,  Montreal,  Three 
Rivers,  St.  Francis,  Gaspe,  and  Kamouraska,  all  of  which 
are  subdivided  into  the  36  Counties*  of — 1.  Yaudreuil,  2. 
Ottawa,  3.  Lake  of  Two  Mountains,  4.  Montreal,  5.  Terre- 
bonne, 6.  Leinster,  1.  Berthier,  8.  St.  Maurice,  9.  Cham- 
plain,  10.  Port  Neuf,  11.  Quebec,  12.  Montmorency,  13. 
Saguenay,  14.  Gaspe,  15.  Bonaventure,  16.  Rimouski,  It. 
Kamouraska,  18.  L'Islet,  19.  Bellechasse,  20.  Dorchester. 
21.  Megantic,  22.  Lothbiniere,  23.  Nicolet,  24.  Yamaska, 
25.  Drummond,  26.  Sherbrooke,  27.  Staustead,  28.  Missis- 
qoui,  29.  Shefford,  30.  St.  Hyacinthe,  31.  Rouville,  32. 
Richelieu,  33.  Yercheres,  34.  Charably,  35.  Huntingdon, 
36.  Beauharnois. 

Q.  What  share  has  Eastern  Canada  of  the  Representation  in 
the  '•jj;"Tft'.'  P  ovincial  Parliament  1 

A.  Each  County  returns  one  Member,  which,  with  two 
Members  from  each  of  the  cities  of  Quebec  and  Montreal, 
and  one  from  each  of  the  towns  of  Three  Rivers  and  Sher- 
brooke, makes  the  number  of  Representatives  to  the  Pro- 
vincial Parliament  from  Canada  East  amount  to  42. 

Q.  How  is  Western,  formerly  Upper  Canada,  divided  \ 

A.  Into  the  following  Counties,  viz : — 


C0UNTIK8. 


tOUNiy    TOWNS. 


1.  Carleton,  By  town. 

2.  Essex  and  Lamb  ton,  Sandwich. 

3.  Frontenac,  Lennox  and  Addington,     Kingston. 

4.  Haldimand,  Cayuga. 
6.  Hastings,  Belleville. 
6.  Huron,  Perth  and  Bruce,  Goderich. 
T-  Kent,  Chatham, 
b.  Lanark  and  Renfrew,  Perth. 

,ZJ}^^  Counties  are  divided  into  Seigniories  and  Townshins.  The  Parishef 
•ometimes  contain  but  one  Seigniory  ;  sometimes,  on  the  contrary,  a  Parish  it 
fcrmed  of  several  Seigmoncs  oi  Townships,  either  entire  or  divided. 


GEOGRAPHY, 


47 


CODNTIKS, 


9.  Leeds  and  Granville, 

10.  Lincoln  and  Welland, 

11.  Middlesex  and  Elffin, 

12.  Norfolk,  ^ 

13.  Northumberland  and  Durham. 

14.  Oxford,  * 

15.  Peterborough  and  Victoria, 

16.  Proscott  and  Russell, 

17.  Prince  Edward, 

18.  Simcoe, 

19.  Stormont,  Dundas,  and  Glengary, 

20.  Wellington,  Waterloo  and  Grey, 

21.  Wentworth,  Halton  and  Brant, 

22.  York,  Oitario  and  Peel, 


COUNTY   TOWrff. 

Brockville. 

Niagara. 

London. 

Simcoe. 

Cobourg. 

Woodstock. 

Peterborough. 

L'Orignal. 

Picton. 

Barrie. 

Cornwall. 

Guelph. 

Hamilton. 

Toronto. 


.  Q-  '-'OW  many  members  are  returned  to  the  United  Provin- 
cial Parliament  by  the  Counties  of  Western  Canada  '« 

A  Lennox  and  Addington  united,  send  one  member  to 
Parliament ;  Huron,  Perth  and  Bruce,  one  ;  Kent  and 
Lambton,  one  ;  Lanark  and  Renfrew,  one  ;  Middlesex  and 
E  gin,  one  ;  Peterborough  and  Victoria,  one  ;  Wellington, 
Wiiterloo  and  Grey,  one ;  Wentworth  and  Brant,  one  • 
York,  two;  and  the  remaining  twenty-three  counties  one 
member  each,  making  in  all  thirty-three  members  returned 
by  the  Counties. 

liamen™^^  °^^^^^  ^°  Western  Canada  return   members  to  Par- 

A.  The  City  of  Toronto  sends  two  members  ;  Kingston 
Cornwall,   Brockville,    Hamilton,   Niagara,    Bytown    and 
London   send  one   each  making  forty-two  members  from 
Western  Canada,  the  same  as  from  Eastern  Canada. 
Q.  How  are  the  British  American  Provinces  governed  '^ 
A.  They  have  each  a  Governor,  who  is  appointed  by  the 
Sovereign  of  England,  and  represents  Her  Majesty  in  the 
tolony  to  which  he  is  sent— a  Legislative  Council    ai> 
pointed   by  the   Sovereign,   and  a   House   of  AsseiiiblV 
elected  by  the  people.     Before  any  laws  can  be  binding 
they  must  be  passed  by  the  Legislative  Council  and  the 
House  of  Assembly,  and  receive  the  assent  of  the  Gov- 
ernor in  the  name  of  the  Sovereign. 

Q.  When  was  Canada  first  settled,  and  by  what  people  '» 
A.  It  was  first  settled  in  1608  by  the  French,  who  con- 


i;  ''> 


M. 


42 


CATECHISM    OP 


tinued  to  possess  it  until  1759,  when  Great  Bntam  ac 
quired  it  by  conquest,  and  has  ever  since  retained  it 

Q.  Wliat  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  of  Eastern  Canada 

are  of  French  descent  1  c  t  •  u 

A   More  than  three-fourths  :  the  remainder  are  of  Irish, 
Scotch  and  English  descent.    Four-fifths  of  the  loHbitants 

are  Catholics.  .    ,         .  ,   « 

Q  What  is  the  population  of  the  United  province  l  :  vuada  ? 
A.  One  million  five  hundred  and  seventy-one  tnousand 

eight  hundred  and  ninety. 


CHAPTER  XXIY. 

NEW    BRUNSWICK. 

Q    What  are  the  chief  towns  of  New  Brunswick  % 
A.  Fredericton,  St.  John's  and  St.  Andrew's. 
Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  New  Brunswick  I 
A   New  Brunswick  was,  until  1784,  a  part  of  JNova 
Scotia.     The  climate,  like  that  of  Canada,  is  subject  to 
extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  but  is  generally  healthy.     Its 
principal  exports  are  lumber  and  fish  :  ship-building  is  car- 
ried on  to  some  extent. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  1 

A.  The  St.  John's,  St.  Croix  and  Mirimichi. 

Q.  What  bay  bounds  New  Brunswick  on  the  south  ? 

A.  Fundy  Bay. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  "i  ,   ^       i       t     ^       i 

A.  Two  hundred  and  eleven  thousand  four  hundred  and 

seventy-three. 

NOVA   SCOTIA. 

Q.  Name  the  chief  towns  of  Nova  Scotia. 

A.  Halifax,  Lunenburgh,  Liverpool,  Yarmouth,  Pictou 

and  Annapolis. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  remark  of  Nova  Scotia  ? 

A.  Nova  Scotia  was  originally  settled  by  the  French, 
who  o-ave  it  the  name  of  VAcadk,  but  was  conquered  by 
Great  Britain  in  1763,  and  then  received  its  present  name. 
It  has  a  cold  and  humid,  but  healthy  climate. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  Nova  Scotia  1 

A.  Fish,  lumber,  coal,  gypsum,  etc. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


43 


Q.  What  large  island  politically  attached  to  Nova  Scotia  is 
separated  from  it  by  the  Gut  or  Strait  of  Canso  I 

A.  Cape  Breton  Island. 

Q.  What  is  to  be  remarked  of  Cape  Breton  Island  ? 

A.  The  Island  of  Cape  Breton  is  one  hundred  and  ten 
miles  in  length,  and  from  thirty  to  eighty  in  breadth,  and 
is  divided  by  an  arm  of  the  sea  into  two  nearly  equal  por- 
tions.    Arechat  and  Sidney  are  its  largest  towns. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Nova  Scotia  and  Cape  Breton 
Island  ? 

A.  Three  hundred  thousand. 


Q.  What  is  Prince  Edward's  Island  ? 

A.  It  is  a  large,  rich  and  level  island  in  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence,  having  a  population  of  fifty-seven  thousand,  and 
an  area  of  two  thousand  one  hundred  and  fifty  square 
miles.  Its  capital  is  Charlotte  Town,  situated  at  the  head 
of  a  navigable  bay. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  towns  of  Newfoundland  % 

A.  St.  John's,  Harbor  Grace  and  Placentia. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  this  island^ 

A.  It  is  a  large,  cold  and  barren  island,  situated  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  ;  its  cod-fisheries  are 
the  most  valuable  in  the  world,  and  give  employment  to 
the  greatest  part  of  its  population. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Newfoundland  1 

A.  One  hundred  thousand. 


Q.  What  are  the  Bermuda  Islands "? 

A.  They  consist  of  about  four  hundred  small  islands, 
most  of  which  are  barren  and  uninhabited :  there  are  only 
eight  of  any  importance.  The  climate  is  exceedingly  mild 
and  salubrious.     Georgetown,  on  St.  George's  Isle  is  the 

principal  town. 

Q.  What  is  New  Britian,  and  for  what  is  it  remarkable  ? 

A.  New  Britain  comprises  all  that  part  of  British  Ame- 
rica which  lies  north  of  Canada  and  the  United  States. 
Ttie  only  trade  in  this  region  is  in  furs,  wholly  carried  on 
by  the  Hudson  Bay  Company. 


i 


44 


CATECHISM   OF 


RUSSIAN    AMERICA. 

Q.  What  is  Russian  America  ? 

A.  Russian  America  comprises  the  extreme  north-west- 
ern regions  of  America,  and  is  separated  from  Asia  by 
Behring's  Straits. 

Q.  How  is  Russian  America  bounded  ? 

A.  It  is  bounded  north  by  the  IS'ortheru  Ocean;  west 
and  south  by  the  North  Pacific,  and  east  by  the  British 
possessions. 

Q.  What  is  to  be  said  of  Russian  America  ? 

A.  This  remote  region  is,  in  general,  dreary  and  unpro- 
ductive. It  is  inhabited  by  about  one  thousand  whites, 
and  some  scattered  tribes  of  native  Indians.  The  country 
yields  valuable  furs,  and  the  fisheries  of  the  whale,  sea- 
otter,  and  other  animals  are  very  important. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  1 

A.  Sixty-one  thousand, 

DANISH   AMERICA. 

Q.  Of  what  does  Danish  America  consist  ? 

A.  It  consists  of  Greenland  and  Iceland.  The  former 
is  generally  supposed  to  be  a  large  island,  but  its  northern 
extremity  has  not  yet  been  explored.  Iceland  is  a  barren 
and  mountainous  island,  chiefiy  remarkable  for  its  hot 
springs. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Danish  America  ? 

A.  Eighty  thousand. 


11 


CHAPTER   XXV. 

Of  Mexico. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  ports  of  Mexico  ? 
A.  Acapulco,  in  the  Pacific,  Vera  Cruz,  Matamoras  and 
Tampico,  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
Q.  What  are  the  soil  and  climate  ? 

A.  The  climate  in  general  is  pure  and  salubrious,  and 
-  --'d  is  extremely  fertile.     Mexico  is  its  capital. 
How  is  Mexico  bounded  ? 
North  by  the  United  States  j  west  by  the  Gulf  of 


i.1.  _ 


GEOG  lAPHY. 


45 


California  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  ;  South  by  the  Pacific 
Ocean  and  Central  America  ;  east  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
and  the  United  States. 

Q.  W  hat  have  you  to  say  of  Mexico  ? 

A  Mexico  lies  chiefly  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ;  it  is  famous  for  its  early  civilization 
and  for  its  rich  silver  mines.  The  Catholic  is  the  estab- 
hshed  religion.  Texas,  New  Mexico  and  Upper  California 
have  recently  been  detached  from  it  and  annexed  to  the 
United  States. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  Six  millions  six  hundred  and  sixty-five  thousand  and 
ninety-six. 

Q.  What  is  Yucatan  ? 

A.  It  is  a  peninsula  lying  between  the  Bay  of  Cam- 
peachy  and  the  Caribbean  Sea.  It  was  one  of  the  States 
of  Mexico,  but  in  1845,  the  people  declared  themselves 
independent.  Merida  is  the  Capital,  Sisal,  Campeachy 
and  Lyguna,  are  the  other  principal  towns. 


CHAPTER  XXYI. 

Of  Central  America. 

Q.  How  is  Central  America  bounded  ? 

A.  Central  America  is  bounded  north  by  Mexico  and 
the  Bay  of  Honduras  ;  west  and  south  by  the  Pacific 
Ocean  ;  east  by  New  Grenada  and  the  Caribbean  Sea 

Q.  What  is  Central  America  1 

A.  Central  America,  formerly  Guatimala,  was  a  province 
of  Mexico,  till  1823,  when  it  became  an  independent  re- 
public. It  was  afterwards  divided  into  five  states,  namely, 
Guatimala,  San  Salvador,  Honduras,  Nicaragua  and  Costa 
Rica.  In  1851,  the  three  former  states  organized  a  new 
government  under  the  title  of  the  National  Representation 
of  Central  America. 

Q.  What  is  its  total  population  ? 

A.  Two  millions  one  hundred  and  forty-six  thousand. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  it  ? 

A.  The  climate,  on  the  high  lands,  is  temperate  and 


((•     ■    ;f 


rr;,! 


46 


CATECHISM   OF 


agreeable,  but  on  the  low  plains  it  is  exceedingly  hot.  The 
soil  is  very  fertile.  The  principal  exports  are  indigo,  ban- 
ilia,  cochineal,  cocoa,  and  maliogauy.  Tlie  chief  towns  are 
St.  Salvador  and  Kew  Guatimala,  San  Miguel,  San  Juan, 
San  Jose  and  Leon,  the  latter  celebrated  for  its  magnificent 
Cathedral,  which  was  thirty-seven  years  in  building,  and 
cost  five  millions  of  dollars. 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 

Of  the  West  Indies. 

* 

Q.  Of  what  do  the  West  Indies  consist  ? 

A.  They  consist  of  a  number  of  islands,  situated  in  the 
Caribbean  Sea  between  North  and  South  America. 

Q.  How  are  the  West  Indies  divided  % 

A.  Into  the  Bahama  Islands,  the  Great  Antilles,  the 
Little  Antilles,  and  the  Caribbean  Islands. 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  of  the  West  India,  Islands  ? 

A.  The  principal  are  Cuba,  Hayti,  or  St.  Domingo,* 
Jamaica,  Porto  Rico,  Barbadoes,  Guadaloupe,  Martinico, 
Tobago,  St.  Christopher's,  Antigua,  Barbuda,  Anguilla, 
Dominica,  St.  Yiucent,  Grenada,  St.  Lucia,  Santa  Cruz, 
St.  Thomas,  Tortola,  Trinidad,  Bahama,  Providence,  Turk's 
Island,  St.  Bartholomew's,  with  several  others  of  less  note. 

Q.  Name  a  few  of  the  principal  towns. 

A.  Havana,!  Cape  Henry,  Kingston,  St.  John's,  Port 
of  Spain,  Basse  Terre,  St.  Pierre,  Carenage,  Bridgetown, 
Scarborough,  St.  George,  Santa  Cruz,  Road  Harbor  and 
Nassau. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  the  West  Indies'? 

A.  Sugar,  cotton,  coflee,  indigo,  allspice,  ginger,  cocoa, 
tobacco,  together  with  oranges,  lemons,  pomegranates,  cit- 
rons, pine  apples,  melons,  etc.  The  mountains  abound  in 
valuable  trees,  such  as  cedar,  mahogany,  etc. 

♦  Hayti,  was  once  called  a  republic,  but  in  1849  became  an  empire,  unde* 
Faustiu  the  First. 

t  The  Cathedral  of  Havana,  is  remarkable  for  containing  the  remains  of  Co- 
lumbus. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


47 


Q.  Why  aro  these  islands  called  the  West  Indies  ? 
^.1  hey  are  so  called  from  the  folio  win-  circumstance 

t?s"f /;uhe''E^.fT"r''r '"^^"^^'  ^^  Am%~« 
to  sail  to  tlie  Last  Indies  by  a  western  course-  but  instond 

of  reaching  Asia,  he  found  America ;  stiHe  thou  .h^^^^^^^^ 
those  islands  were  the  western  part  of  Ind  a  ;ar^°  before 
CO    SmmTfli  ''  -^T%-"ld  be  accomplthed  t^ 

no  Ir  n    ?h     •  1      A      '   '''^'j   ^'   ^''^^-      ^^'«"1   this   mistakcQ 

Q     V  mt     t'hf '  "'r;-''^  ^i^V^"^^  «^  West  Indies. 
Q.  \V  hat  13  the  population  of  the  West  India  Islands  i 

A    Ihree  millions  four  hundred  thousand,  of  whom  onlv 
SIX  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  are  whites  ^ 

alav^st''    ''   ^""'^  population  of  the  British  West  India  Islands, 

in  i'^ff  'nn!r  ^'^'!\  Parliament  gave  them  their  liberty 
lu  18o4  and  paid  their  former  masters  twenty  millions 
pounds  sterling,  as  a  compensation.  ^  xuniions 


CHAPTER  XXVIII. 

OF   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Q.  How  is  South  America  bounded  '* 

H..^P^*-i'  ''^^"'^'^  '''''^^'  ^'y  ^^'^  Caribbean  Sea;  west,  by 
the  Pacific  Ocean,  south,  by  the  Southern  Ocean,  and 
east  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  ' 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  South  America  ? 

A.  feouth  America  is  one  of  the  richest,  most  fruitful 
and  most  beautiful  portions  of  the  worid.     Its  mountains 

grandeuT  '^  ^^'^"'  ^''  ^^   ^  ''^^'  ^^  unequalled 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  South  America  ^ 
^.  Sixteen  millions,  three  hundred  and  four  thousand 

three  hundred  and  seventy-one. 
Q.  What  ^arts  of  South  America  once  belonged  to  Spain  '« 

o.nl7 ■  y,''^'''^}'''''  ,P^^'"'  Chili,  and  Paraguay,  which  produce 
o   wVl'  ^^,1^^^^^^^  ^^'^-  drugs,  and  the  choicest  fruits. 

nr^^lnf  r  •  V^'^'^K^^^  changes  have  occurred,  and  what  are  the 
present  divisions  " 

A.  Like  Mexico,  these  provinces  have  asserted  their  in* 


48 


CATECHISM    OP 


lumb.a,  len,    (!lHl,,   iJolivia,  JJuenos  Ayres  or  La  Plata 
Uruguay  and  Pani^niay.  ^  ■u.i  x  laiu, 

Q.   VVhat  is  Columbia  '( 
co^,iJ.\T^^fV^''  north  i,art  of  South  America,  and 
can   a     nro  T^  ^/"n  ^''   Veuezuela  and  Equador.     The 
cap  tals  are  Bogota,  Caraccas  and  Quito:  and   the  chief 
ports  Carthagena,  Ouayra,  Guayaquil  and'Portoello 
Q.  What  are  tho  principal  cities  of  Peru  ^ 

ports  ^''"'''  ^^^  ''''^'^''^'  ^^''"^''    ^""^  Tfuxillo,  the  chief 
Q.  Where  is  Chili,  and  what  is  its  capital  ? 

inff  "i^^I-'t''^!' ""  ^.^"^^^^^'-^Wy  fertile  country,  and  is  divided 
into  British,  French  and  Dutch  Guiana.     Tie  chief  towns 
''o^VK^f^'^""v^^^^^"°«' ^"^^  P'-^ramaribo. 
An?ericl?      "''      °  ''P^'''^^'  "^  *^°  ^^^'^^  ^^^^^i^^^  of  South 

A  Chuquisaca  of  Bolivia,  Buenos  Ayres  of  La  Phta 
of  Urug'^^^^^^^^     ^"""P^^^"  «^  Wuay,  Monte  Y;;i':o 

Q.  What  is  Patagonia  ? 

triifp.  if  t  vo'^'^^T  ^°^  ^^'"'^  "^'^^^^y'  inhabited  by  small 
glantic  size  °'        '"''  ''"^'  '^  ^^^^  ^^  ^^  ^^^^  ^^^  <>f  ^ 

1   Thp  *A^n?*  '^''"^  of  mountains  in  South  America  ? 
tains.  """  Cordilleras  and  the  Brazilian  Moul^ 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  'i 

A.  The  Amazon,  Rio  de  la  PJata,  Oronoco    Urn-uav 
Paraguay,  Madeira  and  Caqueta.  '    ^^"o^^X, 


JBi'azil. 

J   %t^-^T^  ''"™"'?  ■"''""'g'"'  to  tho  Portuguese  f 

Dart'of  So^th  t'  "  ^"'^  ''"■Se  country,  being  the  eastern  ■ 

P"o"4    v"'n  ^"'™^'>  *"  "'''"''  *•'«  Portuguese   Court  I 

French  ""*"'"  '""""'y  ""^  i^^'^'ded  by  the  = 


cs  of  Co 
^a  Plata, 

'ica,  and 
or.  The 
he  chief 
3elIo. 

le  chief 
Santia- 


clivided 
f  towns 

f  South 

Plata, 
3  Yideo 


J  small 
re  of  a 


GEOGRApnr. 


40 


,,  ^J.  The  eli,„a?e  hT^Zr  ,"?'  "^  ^™^" ' 


CHAPTER  XXIX 

OF   EUROPE. 

A  ^FnJ"  ^r"?^  ''°™<led  ? 

-ti;.^l":rt  'Tho"':a,?r  ^  ^^-«-''  Ocea„  to  th 
«°"tli.  «nd  the  Atlantic  ri'  ,^^'"'<"'ranean  sTa  tn  *i 

"^ope  IS  celebrated  for  th«  7«      • 

the  learning,  politeness, 


,f  t 


fc-l. 


60 


CATECHISM    OF 


netivity  and  intelligence  of  its  inhabitants,  as  well  as  for 
the  fertility  of  its  soil,  and  the  temperature  of  its  climate. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  countries  in  Europe  ! 

A  They  are,  England,  Scotland,  Ireland,  Norway,  bwe- 
den  Denmark,  Holland,  Belgium,  France,  Spain,  Portugal, 
Switzerland,  Italy,  Turkey,  Greece,  Russia,  Prussia,  Ge^ 

many,  and  Austria.  ^ 

Q.  Which  are  the  most  powerful  nations  of  Europe  f 

A.  The  most  powerful  are,  Russia,  Great  Britain,  France, 

Austria,  and  Prussia. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  seas  in  and  around  Europe  f 
A.  The  White  Sea,  the  Baltic,  the  North  Sea,  the  Irish 
Sea,  the  Mediterranean,  the  Black  Sea,  the  Sea  of  Azoph, 
the  Sea  of  Marmora,  the  Caspian,  and  the  Adriatic  or 

Gulf  of  Venice. 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  %  , 

A.  The  Danube,  Rhine,  Douro,  Guadalquiver,  Seme, 
Rhone,  Loire,  Thames,  Forth,  and  Shannon. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  mountains'? 

A.  The  Ural  Mountains,  the  Dofrefield  Mountains,  the 
Carpathian  Mountains,  the  Alps  and  the  Appenines. 

Q.  What  islands  belong  to  Europe  1 

A.  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  the  Orkney  and  Shetland, 
the  Hebrides  or  W^estern  Isles,  Balearic  Isles,  Corsica,* 
Sardinia,  Sicily,  Malta  and  the  Ionian  Islands. 


CHAPTER  XXX. 

Of  Sweden,  Norway  and  Lapland. 

Q.  How  is  Sweden  bounded  % 

A.  Sweden  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the  Baltic,  on 
the  east  by  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia,  on  the  west  by  Norway, 
and  on  the  north  by  the  North  Sea. 

Q.  What  kind  of  a  country  is  Sweden  with  respect  to  size 
and  climate  1  . 

A.  Sweden  is  a  very  large  country,  excessively  cold  in 
winter,  having  many  parts  of  its  mountains  always  covered 
with  snow;  but  the* air  is  pure  and  wholesome. 

♦  Corsica  is  famous  as  the  birth-place  of  Napoleon. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


61 


H'    mu^*  ^^"^  ^^  ^°^1  ^as  Sweden  '« 

Q.  VVhat  are  the  principal  commodities  of  Sweden  i 

A.  It  has  many  mines  of  silver,  copper  lead  anrl  irnn. 

aK  vast  quantities  of  pitch,  tar,  mastMeks  Les  b?ck' 

skms,  fur,  tallow  and  honey,  which  the  Swedes  exnorrtn 

foreign  countries.  «'"«  •^weaes  expoit  to 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Swedes  i 

Q.  What  is  the  religion  of  Sweden  ? 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Sweden  ? 
^  A  ^Stockholm,  and  its  chief  cities  are  Gottenburgh  and 

^'  ^Tt^*  '^  *^®  population  of  Sweden  ? 

Q   \Yw2^  ^^'.l^  ""li^l^"'  ^^^'^^  ^""^^ed  thousand, 
tii.  VV  hich  are  the  chief  rivers  ? 

■4.  The  Glommen  and  Dahl 

Q.  What  three  great  lakes  in  Sweden  '^ 

^.  Lakes  Weuer,  Wetter  and  Maelar.      These  Lakes 

D  ^WK  T  ^^'"^^"^  ^^^^^  ^"'^dred  islands.  '' 

H.  VVhat  was  the  ancient  name  of  Norway  and  Sweden  ? 
A.  Scandmavia.    Lapland  was  unknown  to  the  ancients. 

Norway. 
Q    What  is  Norway  ? 

It  ^..^T^^^  '\  V  ''°^^'  ^^^^"'^  ^"^^  mountainous  country 
It  abounds  in  sublime  and  romantic  scenery.  ^' 

(4-  VVhat  IS  the  population  of  Norway  ? 

^.   Norway  contains   onlv  one   million    fbroe   h-n-^-'^fl 

SrEmiJ:"'"'''  '""^  '"^  ""'^'  *'^'"'y  settled  couo- 


52 


CATECHISM   OF 


T't  what  does  the  wealth  of  Norway  consist  J 
1%1  chief  -alth  of  Norway  c—mj.^fi^ 

LuTheran,  and  the  language  is  a  dialect  of  the  Gothic. 

i:t^rrt^frtr"eW"/o  ',J^:tr\o.  eau.  this 

ble  the   Swed"°   They  are  honest,  '"du^tn.ns    frugal    ^ 

brave  and  hospitable.    They  are  Sf  ^''''"yj''" '"t  "very  I 
in  the  common  branches  of  education,  and  almost  eveiy  | 

^"'^ttTe^ttlinT^"^^^^^^^^^^^ 
from  north  to  south  1  .  „  tvt^„„4.„:„^ 

A.  The  Dofreiield  or  Sca.idinaviaa  Mouiitams. 

Laflavd. 
most  northern  country  in  Europe, 

the  sun  does  not  set  for  two  monthi. 


Q.  What  18  Lapland  ? 
A.  Lapland  is  ^' " 


•  That  is  to  say 


GEOGRAPHY. 


53 


Q.  To  whom  does  Lapland  belong  ? 
^.  The  greatest  part  of  Lapland  belongs  to  Sweden 
and  the  remaining  part  to  Russia.  oweueu, 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Lapland  '^ 
A    The  principal  towns  of  Lapland  are  Tornea  in  Swe- 

7?  W'^"^^'  ^^^  ^^^^  ^"  Russian  Lapland 
Q.  What  kind  of  a  country  is  Lapland  ^ 

A.  It  is  extremely  cold  and  barren,' and  consists  chiefly 
of  mountains,  fens,  forests  and  lakes,  which  are  covered 

I.1W  n^^'-'f  ^^  '^  '^'  ^'''-  ^'^  f«^^«t«  consist  prTn. 
cipally  of  fir,  and  its  pastures  are  full  of  rein-deer 

Q.  Describe  the  Laplanders. 

A.  In  consequence  of  the  very  rigorous  climate  of  Lap- 
and  Its  inhabitants  are  a  diminutive  race,  seldom  exceed- 
ing four  feet  in  height,  their  features  are  very  Tarse  and 
their  complexions  swarthy.  Their  language  is  rude  and 
scarcely  articu  ate.  Notwithstanding  the  dreariness  of 
their  country,  they  prefer  it  to  any  other. 

Q.  What  is  their  religion  ? 

A.  The  religion  of  the  Laplanders  is  a  mixture  of  Pa. 
ganism  and  Christianity. 

Q.  Is  the  reiu-deer  of  much  use  to  the  Laplander  "^ 
^    Yes;  it  is  his  chief  support;  the  rein-deer  beinff  to 
the^  Laplander  what  the  camel  is  to  the  Arab.     Its  milk 
and  flesh  supply  him  with  food,  and  its  skin  with  clothino- 
When  harnessed  to  a  sledge  it  draws  him  over  the  snow  at 
the  rate  of  eighty  or  even  one  hundred  miles  a  day 


CHAPTER  XXXL 

Of  Russia  in  Europe. 

Q.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  Russia  in  Europe  1 
A  It  is  bounded  north  by  the  Northern  Ocean ;  west 
by  Sweden,  the  Baltic,  Prussia,  and  Austria ;  south  by 
Turkey,  the  Black  Sea,  tlie  Sea  of  Azof,  and  Mount  Cau- 
casus ;  east  by  the  Caspian  Sea,  the  river  Ural,  and  the 
Ural  Mountains. 


54 


CATECHISM   OF 


111 


Q.  What  was  the  ancient  name  of  Russia? 

A  Russia  was  anciently  divided  into  two  great  parts, 
namely;  Sarmatia  and  Scythla  ;  the  former  situated  to  the 
west,  and  the  latter  to  the  east.  It  has  also  been  named 
Muscovy,  from  Moscow,  its  ancient  capital. 

Q.  How  is  the  Russian  Empire  divided  ?  _ 

A.  The  Russian  Empire  is  divided  into  Russia  proper, 
Lapland,  Finland,  Roland,  and  Asiatic  Russia. 

Q.  What  is  Finland'?  ^  a'     . 

A  Finhmd,*  formerly  a  province  of  Sweden,  was  in- 
vaded by  the  Russians  in  the  year  1808,  and  added  to 
their  empire  in  1809,  together  with  the  adjacent  islands 
and  part  of  Lapland.     Its  chief  town  is  Abo. 

Q.  What  is  Russian  Lapland  1  .       ^   ,        ^i 

A.  Russian  Lapland  is  the  eastern  part,  situated  north 
of  Finland,  and  is  included  in  the  government  of  Arch- 
angel ;  but  the  inhabitants  trade  chiefly  with  the  Swedes 

and  Norwegians. 

Q.  Is  not  the  Russian  empire  of  great  extent  ? 

A.  Yes  :  it  is  the  largest  country  in  the  world,  compre- 
hending an  the  northern  parts  of  Asia,  the  east  of  Europe, 
and  a  hirgo  pan  of  North.  America. 

Q.  What  kma  0\  climate  has  Russia  ? 

A.  As  the  extent  of  Russia  is  very  great,  there  is  a 
great  variety  oi  climate  ;  in  some  parts  the  winter  is  very 
severe,  and  in  others  very  mild. 

Q.  What  is  tne  appearance  of  the  country  1 

A.  The  general  tace  of  the  country  is  marshy,  full  of 
extensive  plains,  forests,  lakes  and  rivers.  The  northern 
provinces,  for  the  most  part,  are  barren  and  but  little  cul- 
tivated ;  but  the  middle  and  southern  provinces  are  very 
lertile  and  yield  plenty  of  corn. 

Q.  What  is  the  produce  of  Russia'? 

A.  Russia  produces  large  quantities  of  timber  and  iron, 
wins,  -furs,  leather,  tallow,  hemp,  honey  and  wax. 

Q.  What  is  the  general  character  of  the  Russians  '? 

A.  The  Russians  are,  in  general,  robust,  well  shaped, 
and  OI  a  fair  complexion.  They  were  formerly  the  most 
Ignorant,  and  even  tue  most  savage  people  in  the  world : 

•  Finlana  was  part  of  the  ancient  Scandinavia,  then  called  Finigia— the  p»aple 
Fini.— T(it'ttu«. 


■  f 


but  the 

elegant 

Q.  W 

A.  S 

Great. 

its  entr 

cent  a  c 

the  brei 

the  sple 

Q.  w: 

A.  Ti 

angel,  Is 

and  Ast 

Q.  W] 

A.  Si 

Q.  Wl 

A.  Tl 

Don,  th( 

The  Vol 

Q.  Wl 

A.  It 

Q.  WV 

A.  TI 

casian  in 

Q.  Wh 

A.  La 


Q.  Wh 
A.  Po 

of  Europ 
Prussia  a 
dom  ;  bi 
portion  \\ 
a  kingdor 
who  adde 


GEOGRAPHY. 


55 


but  they  are  now  making  very  great  progress  in  every 
elegant  improvement  and  refinement. 

Q.  What  is  the  metropolis  of  Russia  '* 

^  St  Petersburgh,  founded  in  n03,  by  Peter  the 
Orreat.  It  is  situated  on  both  sides  of  the  river  Neva  at 
Its  entrance  into  the  Gulf  of  Finland.  It  is  so  magnifi- 
cent a  city  that  It  surpasses  all  other  cities  in  Europe  in 
the  breadth,  cleanliness  and  regularity  of  its  streets,  and 
tlie  splendor  of  its  edifices. 

Q.  What  are  the  other  principal  cities  of  Russia  '^ 

A    Ihey  are  Moscow,  Odessa,  Cherson,  Cronstadt,  Arch- 
angel  Novgorod,  Riga,  Wilna,  Minsk,  Grodno,  Smolensk 
and  Astracan.  ' 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Russia  f- 

n'  ^^u^I  ^^^^l^ns  in  Europe,  and  six  millions  in  Asia. 

Ul'  What  are  the  principal  rivers  in  Russia  '^ 

A.  The  principal  rivers  in  Russia  are  'the  Volga,  the 
Don,  the  Neva  the  Dniester,  the  Dwina,  and  the  Vistula, 
Ihe  Volga  is  three  thousand  miles  in  length 

Q.  What  is  the  religion  of  Russia  ? 

A.  It  is  that  of  the  Greek  Church. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  Russia  ? 

A.  The  Ural  Mountains  in  the  north-east,  and  the  Can- 
casian  in  the  south. 

Q.  What  large  lakes  in  Russia  ? 

A.  Lakes  Ladoga,  Oneiga  and  Heipus. 


Ji;i 


CHAPTER  XXXIL 

Of  Poland. 

Q.  What  is  Tolish  Russia,  or  Poland  ? 

A.  Poland,  formerly  one  of  the  most  powerful  kingdoms 
of  Europe  was  in  the  year  1795,  divided  between  Russia 
rrussia  and  Austria,  and  ceased  to  be  an  independent  kin"-! 
clom  ;  but  at  tlie  overthrow  of  Bonaparte  in  1815  that 
portion  which  belonged  to  Russia,  was  again  erected  into 
a  kingdom,  under  the  protection  of  the  Emperor  of  Russia 
who  added  to  his  title  "  King  of  Poland  "  * 


>    i: 


56 


CATECHISM    OF 


I 

T    i 

I  ! 

i  I 

I 
If  ■'■ 

II  I 


Poknd^^^^*^  changes  have  since  taken  place  with  respect  to 

A  The  Articles  of  the  Polish  constitution  havinrr  been 
basely  violated  by  the  Russians,  and  the  most  unjusrcruel- 
.ties  inflicted  on  the  Poles,  on  the  29th  of  Kov.  1830  an 
insurrection  broke  out  at  Warsaw  and  quickly  extended 
through  all  the  parts  of  ancient  Poland.  A  powerful  Rus- 
sian army  immediately  invaded  tlie  country;  the  brave 
Poles  were  subdued,  and  in  1832  Poland  became  incorpo- 
rated  with  Russia.  '■ 

Q.  How  is  Poland  bounded  ? 

^  Poland  is  bounded  north  and  east  by  Russia,  west 
by  Prussia  and  Germany,  and  south  by  the  Austrian  pro^ 
nnces.  ^ 

Q.  What  kind  of  climate  and  soil  has  Poland  "* 
A  The  climate  of  Poland  is,  in  general,  temperate  and 
healthy;  and  being  situated  nearly  in  the  middle  of  a 
large  continent,  the  weather  is  less  changeable  than  in 
those  countries  which  border  on  the  ocean.  The  soil  is  ex- 
ceeding y  fertile,  and  so  well  adapted  to  the  growth  of 
gram,  tiiat  the  annual  export  has  amounted  to  sixteen  mil- 
lions  of  bushels. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  of  Poland  '^ 

^:  7^"^  f^f  ^^""^  ""^  ^'^^^"^  ^^^'^  Cracow,  its  former 
capital  and  Warsaw,  its  present,  Dantzic  and  Niemen. 
A    mi     ir^^^   ^  principal  rivers  of  Poland  ? 

n   i^^  •  !u"'\^^^  Niemen,  the  Dwina  and  the  Bug. 
(4.  What  IS  the  character  of  the  Poles  ? 

^.  They  are,  in  general,  handsome,  tall  and  well  made 
robust,  hardy  and  brave  ;  courteous  and  hospitable-  the 
women  are  remarkable  for  their  exemplary  piety  and  virtue, 
rellion  ^  '"        P^P^^^^^^^  of  Poland,  and  what  its  prevailing 

A.  The  population  of  Poland  is  supposed  to  be  about 
Catholic''     ''''''  '^'  prevailing    religion   the   Roman 


GEOGRAPHY. 

CHAPTER  XXXJII. 

^f  JDenmark 


67 


and  the  soil  very  L^fZi  T^i  ''^"^^'•^'  ^'^  ^^^eral  flat 
vegetables.  ^l^J JlZlS^r^^'^'S^^^^  «^  -rn  afd 
latitude.  ™°'^''   but  temperate  for  its 

A    Thp'n  "Pr.""'  '''"'''''  dominion, ' 

Gaining  j:tlan7lle';;!:;'ra"d  Hoff -"f  "^  P""'-"'^.  eon- 
of  Louenburg,  ;ith  the  Islands  rft''!"' !"?,°f  ""=  »"»''? 
and  Falster.     Among  its  foretn  Lt     "'''  ^""''"'  ^a'and 
Iceland,  the  Faroe  I^iands  ^^0'^   "''"°''''  "" Greenland 
the  AVest  Indies  '  ^'-  ^'"""^^  «°d  Santa  Cruz  in 

S'ThM are':  ?'""■'"""  "f  *''«»»"«' ^ 
industrious'  ''-J?,:  fe  dtsls^a're  1^7^';-  ^^^^  f""'''  -" 

A    Tw",'    -fr"  P°P"'a«on  of  Denmark  » 
^.  Iwo  millions  and  a  half.  ' 

A  t':  gT.etXtT''"  '"i"  '?''S'™  «f  Denmark  . 
religion  LnCan  ''"  "''"''"«  """""rchy,  and  tho 

aia?!;  Sptr  *'"  ''■""°'"  "^"^  of  J^onmark,  or  rafter  Den 
A    \T    f  1    ^^°"^'^rk  Proper  ? 

i     it  18  to  be  observed,  that  Cimbrica, 


H^  i 


58 


CATECHISM    OF 


Q.  Whence  is  the  origin  of  the  Ctmhri  7 

A.  History  does  not  particularly  inform  us  ;  but  it  \9 
pnerally  understood  that  they  were  a  colony  of  Scythians 
from  the  country  between  the  Caspian  and  Euxine  seas      ' 

Q.  ^\  hen  were  the  inhabitants  of  Cimbrica  first  called  Danes  i 

A.  hi  the  seventh  century,  and  they  were  so  called  from 
the  Dam,  a  distinguished  people  from  Norway,  who  con- 
quered  Cimbrica  at  the  period  above  mentioned 


if 


CHAPTER  XXXiy. 

Of  Prussia. 
Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Prussia  '* 

a  4eafZf  J'fT  "'?  '''^  ^"^  ^''^'^'  ^«"»*^3^'  Producing 

?}   iJru   ^^  ^^  ^^^*  ^^^lt>,  l?i'ain  and  wool.  ° 

A    W^hat  compose  the  kingdom  of  Prussia  ? 

^.  Ihe  Prussian  dominions  are  situated  in  three  differpnf 
countries ;  namely,  in  Germany,  Prussia  Proper    a^To 
and.     Some  of  the  provinces  in  Germany,  sit^mted  on  the 
llhine,  are  considerably  detached. 

Q.  What  waa  the  ancient  name  of  Prussia  '^ 

A.  lie  ancient  name  of  Prussia  is  involved  in  obscuritv 
Its  original  inhabitants  appear  to  have  been  rboTd  and 
warlike  people  descended  from  the  SdavonLs.  Prussia 
Proper,  or  Ducal  Prussia,  was  formerly  subject  to  the  Ten 
tonic  knights  who  conquered  it  in  the  thirteenth  century 
It  was  raised  to  a  dukedom  in  1525  and  forZrh^^R 
kingdom  in  the  year  1701.  "^^  ^ 

Q.  VVhat  is  the  character  of  the  inhabitants  ? 
brale.      ^^  ^''        ^  '^'''°   constitution,  laborious   and 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  cities  of  Prussia '« 

A    I^erlin,  Its  capital,  Dantzic,  Breslau,  Mao-deburo-  Kn 
nigsWg,  Cologne,  l^sen,  Tilsit  Elbino-' SnlS^to?* 
tin,  Halle,  Erfurt,  Munster,  Dussddorf  andS^^^^^^^^^^^ 

Uoned  in  history  ;  the  IatLr7rinchmnvrL^/''-  ^'T  P°«PJ«  of  Europ^e  men- 
Funen.    Holsteinis  considoreri  a    a"t^of  tl  1  ni«  ^^^f '^^^nds  of  Zealand  and 

eu  as  a  part  ot  the  present  and  ancient  Germany. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


but    it   19 

Scythians, 
m  sens, 
led  Djuies  ? 
illcd  from 
who  con- 


59 


►roducinn: 


!j^  or  inde- 
if  govern- 
ope  men- 
iland  and 
ermany. 


«nc.  Calvinistic  ,  hT^^^^:^ L^'^jl'^^'  -'o  Lutheran 
o  'vvi'^'?"'  *'•''  tolerated  *'  *'''  «scendenej-a|| 

«•  VVhat  .8  the  government' of  Pmssia  ^ 
-d.  Ibe  government  is  tlmt  ^e       \ 

and  was  almost  absolu  e'b  rLentlv  ^f^'-'^^  "''■"'™hy, 

'  ^^^^'  ^^be,  Ems  and  Rhine. 

CHAPTER  XXXY. 

Of  Me  Kin,,.^,  ,f  ,^  ^^^^^^^^  ^'^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^^ 

HOLLAND. 

Cha.eI''^.^rSr:;d""aet»v'r™:',  ^°  -"^^  ^7 
tion,  comprise     Holland  nnTpf^^'  ^''^"^  *^eir  low  sitna- 

[-called  Batavi^^dXa^e*^:t&S^ 

Seven  TJntd  ProwS  rf  Hf^,  '"^,  --P-bended  the 
F^oviuce  is  the  prine^a?  "  ^^ ^"^^riands,  of  which  that 

^^■.  HSi:,dtEo'„:d:'r.^7H?r^'^^  P-ince,bo„„,ed. 

NeTherSr  """'-''  -P--^  ^on^  the'S^parts  of  the 

•  1  ;ie"r;  """^' '™'"  "*^  ^"-'^"^  «-~t  and 


60 


CATECHISM   OP 


|itj. 


»!!' 


formed  i  self  into  the  Republic  of  the  Seven  United  Prov- 
irices  :    the  remainin-  Provinces,  called  Bel-ium,  or  thrt 

yea     1714   when  they  were  ceded  to  Austria,  France  anu 
Ho  hmd  ;  in  1794,  the  French  subdued  it ;  in  1815  Ho\ 
land  and  Belgium  were  united  under  the  title  of  the  Kin- 
dom  of  the  A^etherlands ;   but  in  1830,  the  Belgians  a'? 
«erted  their  independence  and  chose  for  their  Kiuff  PducG 
Leopold  of  Saxe-Cobur^.  *="      ^^ 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Holland  ? 

A.  Holland  is  the  most  level  country  in  Europe  and 
resernb  es  a  large  marsh  that  has  been  drair.ed.  The  snr 
face  IS  lower  than  the  level  of  the  sea  at  high  water-  dikes 
or  high  mounds  of  earth,  faced  with  stone"  or  wood  have 
heretore  been  erected  along  the  shore,  to  prevent  the  coun' 
try  from  bemg  overflowed. 

Q.  What  is  tho  character  of  the  inhabitants  :  and  bv  what 
name  are  they  generally  called  ?  ^ 

A.  They  are -generally  called  Dutch,  and  are  very  indus- 
trious, persevering,  intelligent  and  honest.  All  classes  of 
people  seem  comfortable,  and  men,  women,  or  children  in 
rags,  are  scarcely  ever  seen. 

^"  ^t'^'^Ti"  f^^  "'"^^  "'"^^^^^  ^f  traveling  in  Holland  1 

A.  ihe  Dutch  generally  travel  on  the  canals:  durin-  the 

Q.  What  are  the  names  of  their  chief  cities  f- 

lem  wtT  nf '  ^^r'PJ^v '  ^^'?  ^"°"^'  Rotterdam,  Haar- 
lem,  Leyden,  Utrecht  and  Zutphen. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Amsterdam  f 
A.  Two  hundred  and  twenty  thousand. 
(ol.  VV  hat  IS  the  population  of  Holland  "^ 
n   wu  f  ^'^^l^ons  three  hundred  thousand. 
A    m<    \f^  *^^  principal  rivers  of  Holland  ^ 

n  ■  wf  .^'''''  ^H  ^^^"^^'  ^^'''^^J  ^»d  Meuse. 
A   W  hat  seas  and  bays  surround  Holland  ^ 

lem  km'  ^"^^''-2^^'  Dollert-Bay,  Zuydcr-Zee  and  Haar- 

Q.  What  islands  belong  to  Holland  ^ 
A.  Ameland,  Shellino-.  Vlielnncl"  TeYo^    ?!.i.^,,.,„    m,  . 
len,  North  Be.eland,  South  BeTelaud  and  Walhlr:;/'"" 


GEOGRAPHY. 

iBll^ar!:;^^?^^!-- Of  Holland? 


61 


Of  f,;i.fS^.-  S]^,  J^atawX  p.,„e,-pa,  people 
from  Geriuaii/  "'""  '''^'■'^  "  >^™Ma  of  tbe^&Wi 

BELGIUM. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Belj^ium  ^ 
-<^.  liie  air  of  Bnlo-inm  1*=,  f         "  . 

tremely  fertile  in  cfrnTndnLr/'''''^*?"''  "'  ^«"  o^"' 
■aige  manufactories  of  Ce^  v     cL'       "'"™  ""  ^""■'>' 

Q.  How  ,3  Belgium  bounded  ?       ' 

^i-  lielgium  is  bounded  north  hv  tt„ii     i 
many,  south  by  Prance,  and  west  bfte"?-.'  '"''  ^^  ^''■ 

giuf  an/a^^^^ttaS^'''^  ^o^'^'™-  ""Uod  Bel- 
mans  fn'tle'tt'oVju^UuTol"'  ^^"f'""  ^^^  «-  Ro- 

Belgia,.  ;„Tt;';"ene;L^!lfr .r  ^'""^"■'-  -,led 
from  Flanders  ;  and  are  cekbrn]^.  ]''  *f"'  "^  l''*""'"?^. 
the  art  of  staining  glass .  also  fol  "^  ^Z^^""  '"""""n  of 
etc.,  and  hare  had  the  honor  of  LnT^'"^'  T*"''-  'a«es, 
'"f;  ^!}l"''  ^''^d  with  that  of  It  dy^  "  '"'"'"'  '■"'•Paiat: 
Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  of  IfeWu^  ^ 

andtwet^^aS&trnt'^'br 

fifteen  thousand ;  Antwem  ei"  hV.  ^■^TA?""  ^'""^'^'"^  and 

e^ty^thousand  ;  Lonv™";:^ fct '"--"I  i  I^-ge. 

Q-  Wh?t  .8  the  populatioa  of  Bolg[um  " 


n 


62 


CATECHISM   OF 


1^ 


M'  I 


4 

It 


Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Belgium'? 

A.  The  Scheldt,  the  Meuse,  the  Lys  and  the  Sambre 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Belgians  ? 

A.  The  IJelgiutiH  are  a  brave  and  a  hospitable  people 
remarkable  for  their  iutegrity,  industry  and  unrivaled  suc- 
cess in  manufactures. 


CHAPTER  XXXVI. 

Of   Germany. 

Q.  How  is  Germany  bounded  1 

A.  Germany  is  bounded  north  by  the  German  Ocean 
Denmark  and  the  Baltic ;  west  by  Holland,  Belgium  and 
± ranee;  south  by  Switzerland,  Austrian  Italy  and  the 
Adriatic  ;  east  by  Austria,  Holland  and  Russia. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Germany  ? 

A  Germany  is  a  very  large  country,  situated  in  the 
middle  of  Europe,  and  is  remarkable  for  being  divided  into 
a  great  number  of  independent  states,  which  are  united  for 
tlieir  common  safety  and  welfare,  under  the  title  of  "  the 
Germanic  Confederation." 

Q.  Are^  these  independent  states  of  equal  magnitude  and  im- 

A.  No;  some  are  kingdoms,  the  rest  arc  grand  duchies 
marqmsates,  principalities,  bishoprics,  or  free  cities. 

H-  Which  are  kingdoms  ? 

A.  The  kingdoms  are  Austria,  Prussia,  Bavaria.  Saxony 
Hanover  and  Wirtemberg. 

Q.  Which  are  the  free  cities,  and  how  are  they  governed  ? 
^.  Ihe  free  cities  are  Lubec,  Frankfort,  Bremen  and 
Hamburg,  which  are  sovereign  states  iu  themselves   gov- 
erned by  their  own  magistrates. 

Q.  VVhat  is  the  climate  of  Germany  ? 

7l   The  air  is  temperate  and  wholesome,  but  more  ii> 
clinable  to  cold  than  heat. 

Q.  What  is  the  soil  of  Germany  ? 

o'  wV'f  '-Vu  'H'^'  ''"^  ^'''^''^'  ^^^^^^  ^^1'  ^or»i  and  pasture. 
A    rru      '^        cliar,octer  of  the-  Germans  ? 
A.  They  are  in  general  open  and  free,  good  soldiers 


GEOGRAPHY. 


63 


n   wi '         I'uitful  m  niveiitions 

and  Prl'sLS"  '''  P"^"^^'""  ^'  ^^^'"^"^'  «-<^l-i^e  of  Austri. 
A.  Sixtcea  millions  two  hundred  thousand 
a.  What  aro  tlie  principal  river«  of  Germany  ? 

PI         It   P^^"^'Pa^  »'i^'ei"«  of  Germany  ai-e  the  Danube 

Rhine  Mame,  Weser,  Elbe,  Oder  and  Moselle  ' 

Q.  VVhat  was  tho  ancient  name  of  Germany  ^ 
^.   Germania,  the  limits  of  which  were  very  different 

from  those  of  modern  Germany.  ^  amerent 

Bavaria,   Saxony,  Hanover,   Wirimherg,  Baden,  and 

Medcknburff. 

Q.  Describe  Bavaria  f 

A.  The  Kingdom  of  Bavaria  is  situated  in  the  sonth  nf 
Gemauy,  borfering  on  Italy  and  Switzedand    wi?h  thi 
kingdoms  of  Wirtemburg  on  the  west,  Saxony  outlTelrth 
and  Austna  ou  the  east.    The  populatic/of  Bava  ^  ^^ 

S  \vh?t "'  1'°°'  fi7« '"'"J'-ed  and  five  thousand 
(i-  What  IS  the  capital  of  Bavaria  ' 

ueiinany:  the  Iionses  are  high,  and  the  streets  SDaciou<i 
and  mtersected  with  canals.     It  is  situated  on  tl^eTsor' 

h'abita'lif  ''""'  """^  ■'"""^''^  •""!  *"•="'>•  tl^ousand  iu: 
Q.  Describe  Saxony  f 

of  i'nP"*  Kingdom  of  Saxony,  so  celebrated  in  the  history 
of  Europe,  comprises  part  of  the  former  electorate  of  Sav 

0    L-otha  and  Weimar.     Saxony  is  the  smallest  kin"-dom 
m  Europe  ;  the  number  of  its  inhabitants  being  aboSt  two 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  '^ 

A  Dresden  and  Lcipsic.  The  former,  situated  on  the 
Elbe,  IS  the  capital  of  the  kingdom,  and  is  noted  for  is 
handsome  appearance;  the  number  of  its  inhabitants  s 
ahout  mnety-hve  thousand.     Leipsic  is  farnnn"  llfv     ^.^e^t 

battle  o7l^u";'r'  't"'  ''''  and  foVthe'ce^el^ittd 
oattle  ot  1814,  between  Bonaparte  and  the  Allied  Powers 


64 


CATECHISM   OF 


i 


i 


of  Austria,  Russia  and  Prussia  :    it  has  a  population  of 
about  sixty  thousand. 

Q.  Describe  Hanover  1 

A.  The  kingdom  of  Hanover,  situated  in  the  north  of 
Germany,  is  composed  of  the  duchies  of  Luneberg,  Bre- 
men, Verden  and  Saxe  Lauenburg-,  with  the  countries  of 
Calenburg,  Grubenhagen,  etc.  Its  capital  is  Hanover, 
containing  about  forty-five  thousand  inhabitants,  and  is 
noted  for  the  burial  place  of  Zimmerman,  and  for  having 
given  birth  to  Dr.  Herschel.  Hanover  contains  about 
two  millions  of  inhabitants. 

Q.  Describe  Wirtemberg  ? 

A.  The  kingdom  of  Wirtemberg,  situated  in  the  south 
of  Germany,  is  one  of  the  most  fertile  and  best  cultivated 
of  the  German  kingdoms.  Its  population  is  about  two 
millions.  The  capital  is  Stutgard,  containing  about  thirty- 
eight  thousand  inhabitants. 

Q.  What  is  Baden -? 

A.  The  grand  duchy  of  Baden  is  one  of  the  smallest  of 
the  minor  states  of  Germany.  It  is  situated  between  the 
Rhine  and  the  kingdom  of  W'rt'cmfoerg.  It  is  very  fertile 
in  wine,  corn,  and  fruit,  and  lia'  a  superfluity  of  fish  and 
wood.  Its  population  is  about'-orfe  million  and  a  half.  The 
capital  is  Carlsruhe,  built  in  the  form  of  an  open  fan,  and 
contains  about  twenty-four  thousand  inhabitants. 
^  Q.  What  is  Mecklenburg  % 

A.  Mecklenburg  is  a  small  principality  in  the  north  of 
Germany,  whose  house  has  been  frequently  divided.*  At 
present  there  are  two  lines,  Schwerin  and  Strelitz. 


CHAPTER  XXXVII. 

Of  Austria. 


.li 


Q.  What  countries  compose  the  Austrian  Empire  ? 
A.  The  empire  of  Austria  comprehends  Austria  Proper, 
Bohemia,  Hungary,  Gallicia,  Moravia,  Transylvania,  Scla* 

•  The  princes  of  Macklenburg  are  descended  from  the  ancient  Vandals  wh« 
inhabited  this  country 


11' 


vonia 
of  L( 

Q. 

A. 

scieuc 

are  g( 

are  fb 

Q.  ' 

A. 

in  mar 

rians  I 

Q.  V 

A.  ] 

mounts 

The  soi 

of  war 

Q.  W 

A.  ^ 

inhabits 

Q.  W 

A.  T 

Pesth,  t 

ravia  ; 

Venice  ; 

Trent,  w 

held,  au( 

works. 

Q.  For 

A.  Ve 

Venice,  ; 

It  is  buill 

dred  brid, 

most  ma^ 

of  streets 

of  carriag 

housand. 

Q.  Wha 

A.  The 

Save,  The 

Brenta,  M 

and  Adige 


GEOGRAPHY. 

.  65 

are  good  soldiers,  aad  remarklrl    «  °^  °'"^''=-     They 
are  free  from  many  vicesTomm.    •  ^""J^""^  iutegrity,  and 
Q.  VVhat  is  the  charter  of  t^ru'"  "*''•'"'  ''O™*™^- 
^.  Tliey  are  well  mnl    u     '^'"'ganans  ? 

in  many  sLgalnaTy '^"0  is  wTV^n*?^',  '""  ">"""?  ! 

^-  It  is  in  many  of  th?  rl  ?  """"""^ ' 
mountainous,  and  in  many  nart^^'"f '  T^^'^^  *"  ^"^^io. 
'IV  soil  would  have  been  DrodLH^'f  ?'""  ™^'  fo-'ests 

"'q"  wran:r  '%p?-  -'^^^^^^^^^^^  ""'  ^"^  ^^^^^^ 

^-  ""at  18  the  capital  of  Austria  « 
inhabit^ts"'  ''"'""'""='  f°"  i^-dred  and  thirty  thousand 
«.  What  are  the  chief  cities  1 

I>esth,  t£fc:;L';sT&ut^rt°f  I^^^--,  Buda  and 
ravia;  Lemberg  of  GaE  ^  \?,  ""■  i""^  "^^P't^l  of  Mo- 
,^o"ice  ;  Trieste:  the  ch t'f  tlf  ir^"^  ^°"'""'^'3y  and 
Trent,  where  the  li«t  „»„     ?    '  "'^  ""^  empire,   renice 

l-eld,  audSalt  bnrS  inSr'r""f!  "^  the'^Church  was 
works.  "  • '"  '^PPOf  Austria,  famous  for  its  salt 

Q-  For  what  is  Venice  remarkable  ■> 

^^io^^^mSSZ  ""^"f  °'  "-«  I^^P-blic  of 
It  is  built  on  seventy  si  1  frT*""'  '^"^  <"'  the  globe 
dred  bridges.  C^HiieSe^'r''^''  ''y  "^^^U"- 
"ost  magnificent  citfes  of  Eurol  ft  1  "  '""  °°'  "^  *"« 
0   streets,  and  ornamented  bS'  n„if      '  ''!'"'''*  '"^'ead 

of  carriages.     Its  popu  ation  if  o'ne  hn  F"/"'"^'  ''^'"'^ 
housand.  ,  ^  ^         °  '^  ""e  hundred  and  twenty 

i  Tl'el  are  H,?n"T'  "^"«  »  Austria? 
;o..ta,Mareh  or  MoraVa  ;  and   k  Aust"'-"??-  ■""J^^'^''' 


B 


'J''/ 


;■  .'7 


and  Adige. 


Italj,  the  Po 


66 


CATECHISM   OP 


Q.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  ? 

^■^^^^^J^^^V^^^'^^^^  Mountains,  the  Ludetic  Mountains 
and  the  Rhoetian,  or  Tjrolese  Alps. 

mSions^'^  "™a»y  inhabitants  are   there   in   the   Austrian  do 
A.  About  forty  millions. 


ikH 


Hit' 


CHAPTER  XXXVIII. 

Of  Turkey. 
Q.  How  is  Turkey  in  Europe  bounded  ? 

i'.^'^l^}  ^l  ^"'^^'^'^  ^°^  ^"^^^^  ;  west  by  Dalmalia 
and    he  Adriatic;  south  by  Greece  and  the  Archipelag-o- 
east  by  the  Dardanelles,  Sea  of  Marmora,  Straits  of  Qon 
stantinople  and  tlie  Black  Sea. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Turkey  1 

A.  Turkey  is  a  very  large  empire,  embracing  parts  of 
Europe,  Asia  and  Africa.  o  i   ^i^*  w 

Q.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  Turks  '^ 

f  rnt  nT'-^  ^"'^\^'?'^'  *^'^'  ""'^  ^^^^  the  Avares,  a 
tribe  ot  Huns  who  dwelt  in  Great  Tartaj-y,  till  forced  bv 
the  Huns  of  the  south  to  abandon  their  country,  when  a 
considerable  colony  seized  upon  Turkey,  and  founded  this 
empire. 

Q.  What  are  the  climate  and  soil  of  Turkey  ^ 

A   The  climate  is,  in  general,  delightful,  but  the  inhabi- 

attiibuted  to  their  indolence  and  want  of  cleanliness     The 
sod  IS  remarkably  fertile,  and  though  poorly  cultivated 

on!  fS,Ttc  "''  "^  "'^'''''  ''^''  ''''''''  '^^'  ^^»''' 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Turks  '^ 
nnff  ;i  V'^l,^''^  T'^^  ^^T'"^'  imposing  in  their  manners  and 
Ignorant,  indolent  and  bigoted;  and  though  t^ey  inhabit 

Ldcu£  ZV'i   ^"   ''^'''''  '''''   -^  situation  t 
itu^}^^!':  "If '^f^eture^  a.d  commerce,  yet  owin<,  to  the 
Mc..umu.u,ii  religion  ana  the  despotic  governmeut'  every 
thmg  languishes,  and  the  people  are  miserable  ^ 


GEOGRAPHY.  ' 
Q'  How  do  the  dreqs  nY>^  ^ 

Other  chief  cities  are  Adrianon  i    of^^  inhabitants.     The 
grade  and  Sophia.        -^^"^^"^P^^;  Salonica,  Shumla,  Bel- 

A  ^vt''  *^  •'  P'P'^^ation  of  Turkey  ^ 

twenty  millL'ns:\nd"nl,^;,  ^f  n  .r"^^"/''    ^»  ^-^ 
thousand.  ^^^^^^'  two  millions  five  hundred 

„  i.  LemnoTie^ro?^;^^'^  ^^'.™«;»S  to  Turkey , 
nelles  and  the  Boppho™  "'^  Marmora,  the  Darda- 


s*.i 


CHAPTER  XXXIX. 


68 


N 


CATECHISM    OP 


m 


Q.  Describe  the  appearance  of  the  country  and  its  produc- 
tions i  "  f 

A.  Greece  is  finely  diversified  with  hills,  plains,  ruo-<red 
mountains,  and  fertile  vales.    Its  chief  productions  are  wool 
cotton,  silk,  corn,  oil,  wine,  rice  and  fruits,  ' 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Greeks  ? 

A.  They  are  an  enterprising,  industrious  and  brave  peo- 
ple, and  are  distinguished  for  personal  beauty. 

Q.  What  is  the  capital  of  Greece  ? 

A.  Athens,  renowned  as  having  been  the  birth-place  of 
the  most  distinguished  orators,  sages  and  heroes  of  anti- 
quity.    The  population  of  Athens  is  about  thirty  thousand 
and  that  of  Greece  nine  hundred  thousand.  ' 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Greece  ? 

A.  The  Aspropotamo,  the  Boufia  and  the  Eurotas 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  mountains  ? 

A    Parnassus,  Helicon  and  Taygetus,  or  the  Mountains 
or  Mama. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  islands  1 

A.  :N^egropont,  Egina,  Salamis,  Spezzia  and  the   Cy- 


CHAPTER  XL. 

Of  France. 

Q.  How  is  France  bounded  1 

A.  France  is  bounded  north  by  Belgium  and  the  En^^Iish 
Channel;  west  by  the  Bay  of  Biscay;  south  by  tho'^Py- 
renees  and  the  Mediterranean;  east  by  Germany,  Switzer- 
land and  Italy.  "^ ' 
.    Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  France  ? 

•4.  France  is  a  very  large  and  populous  conntrv,  con 
tammg  about  thirty-five  and  a  half  millions  of  inhabitants 
seven  hundred  and  eighty  cities,  and  forty-one  thousand 
towns  and  villages. 

Q.  VVhat  are  its  soil,  its  climate,  and  its  produce  'i 
^    A.   The  air  is  pure  and  wholesome;  and  the  soil,  which 
IS  agreeably  diversified,  produces  all  the  necessaries  of  life, 


and  J 

factu 

Q. 

A. 

indusi 

fond  ( 

in  the 

the  fa 

Q.  ( 

A. 

and  ds 

Q.  \ 

A.  ] 

the  gai 

Q.  V^ 

A.  I 

Grenob 

Q.  W 

A.    I 

seilles  a 

Q.  W 

A.  TJ 

Rhone, 

or  Escai 

Q.  m 

A.  Th 

only  abo 

is  no  est 

of  the  la 

Q.  Wh 

A.  Th< 

ruary,   Jg 

England, 

ished,  anc 

sembly,  w 

nnanimouj 

empire,  ar 

hrone.  un 

Q.  Wha 

A.  The 

Indies,  Ca 


a  prodao- 

3,  rugged 
are  wool. 


:ave  peo- 

placc  of 

of  anti- 

housand, 

;as. 
ountains 

the   Cy- 


GEOGRAPHr. 


69 


English 
;ho^  Py- 
switzer- 


•y,  con 
bitants, 
lousand 


,  which 
of  life, 


industrious;   they  are  tCmfe'Vn  ™°^°"^;  ^^''''^^  ""d 
fond  of  amusement  and  ,  iZ     ■  ,  '  ,""^"'  "'"''e  of  livin<. 
n  the  arts  and  seienct     Tl"f  "'I'- '' • '"  *''^'^  Prolieie"cy 

A    Of  f  if.      !  *^^^  particularly  fond  ^ 
an/da^Iiut  "'^  '"'  '""''^''-  ^"^  ^^  S-es,  e.MWtfons 
A    Pnrf'  "'!,'«'P"''l  Of  France  1 

^eilles  aSalon™-'''  ''"'"=^'   ^''■■'^«'"'--.  Bayonne.   Mm- 
Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers? 

Rl'one  t  Sommfth^R"'hin*^M^^?r"«'  «^  G-o-de,  tbe 

of  the  law.  ^    "'  ^^^  '^^*^s  ^emg  equal  in  the  eye 

Q-  What  is  the  government  of  France  ? 

Kngland,  the  monarchical  fZ  nf  "*'  *'"  '^">S  "^d  *» 
'Shed,  and  a  Republic  Win"  1>  ^?''f''"'"*  ""^^  abol- 
«oml.l7,  was  esta^bl^sLed    Tn°,83c>'tn''"  ^''f^'"'  ""d  «^«- 

^.  The  isle;  ofXr'ILTeTnl'p  ''tlK'"^  '«  ^"^"o"  ^ 
"lies,  Cayenne  in  Sou  K  Americ.   r"'^''"?P^'  -"  "-^  West 

"  America,  louaicherry  and  Cli 


fndies. 


an- 


10 


CATECHISM    OF 


dernagore,  in  the  East  Indies,  the  Isle  of  Bourbon  in- the 
Indian  Ocean,  Algiers,  Senegal,  and  the  Isle  of  Goree  m 
Africa,  and  the  Marquesas  Isles  in  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Q.  What  was  the  ancient  name  of  France  1     ^^   .    ^  „.  . 

A.  Gallia  or  Gaul.  The  people  were  called  Galh  by 
the  Romans,  Galatm  by  the  Greeks,  and  CcUc^  by  them- 
selves  It  took  its  present  name  from  the  Franks,  a  peo- 
ple formerly  inhabiting  Germany,  who  afterwards  conquered 

^^Q    Wha^are  the  principal  islands  around  the  coast  of  France  ? 
A.  Ushant,  Belle  Isle,  Noirmoutier,  Rhe  d'Oleron,  Hie- 

res  and  Corsica.  . 

Q,  What  are  the  principal  mountains  f 

A  The  Pyrenees,  part  of  the  Alpine  Cham,  the  Ceven- 
nes,  Cantal,  Puy  de  Dome,  Cote  d'Or  and  Vosges. 


CHAPTER  XLI. 

Of  Switzerland. 

y .  How  is  Switzerland  bounded '? 

A.  Switzerland  is  bounded  north  by  Germany;  west  by 
France;  south  by  Italy,  and  east  by  Austria. 
Q  What  kind  of  country  is  Switzerland  '?  . 
A  No  country  affords  a  greater  variety  of  surface;  sub- 
lime mountains,  frightful  precipices,  awful  chasms,  regions 
of  snow  that  never  melt,  glaciers  that  resemble  seas  ot  ice, 
fertile  valleys,  beautiful  cottages,^nd  hangmg  vines  diver- 
sify the  scene. 

Q.  What  is  the  nature  of  the  climate  ? 
A    It  is  wholesome  and  agreeable;  the  summer  months 
are  delightful;  but  the  winter  frosts  are  severe,  and  many 
of  the  mountains  arc  always  covered  with  snow. 

Q.  For  what  are  the  Swiss  re  tuarkable '?  -  -        j 

A.  For  their  simplicity  of  manners,  purity  of  moraia,  aod 
strong  attachment  to  their  native  country. 

Q.  For  what  are  the  men  particularly  distinguished 
A.  For  their  strength,  courage  and  sobriety. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


n 


Q.  In  what  do  the  women  excel  ? 

A.  The  women  excel  in  modesty,  and  in  the  maternal 
and  domestic  duties. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Switzerland  ? 

A.  Berne,  its  capital,  Geneva,  Lausanne,  Basle  and 
Lucerne. 

Q.  Is  Switzerland  distinguished  for  the  number  and  beauty  of 
its  lakes  1 

A.   Yes;   the   Lakes  of  Geneva,  Lucerne,    Constance 
Neufchatel,  and  Zurich,  are  all  distinguished  for  their  pic- 
turesque beauty. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Switzerland  ? 

A.  Two  millions  three  hundred  and  sixty-six  thousand. 

Q.  What  was  the  ancient  name  of  Switzerland  1 

A.  Helvetia.  The  people  were  called  IMveiii,  and  were 
famed  for  their  bravery. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  of  Switzerland  ? 

A.  The  Panine  Alps,  Helvetiiui  Alps,  Rhaatian  Alps, 
Inclnciing  Mount  Rosa,  St.  Gothard,  Great  St.  Bernard 
and  the  Simplon;  Mont  Blanc  on  the  immediate  borders 
and  the  Bernese  Alps,  including  Shreckhorn,  Jungfrau  and 
Mount  Jura.  » 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  1 

A.  The  Rhine,  Rhone,  Aar,  Reuss,  Limmat,  Ticino 
and  Inn. 


r 


CHAPTER  XLII. 


Of  Italy. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Italy  1 

A.  It  is  the  most  celebrated  country  in  Europe,  paving 
been  formerly  the  seat  of  the  Roman  Empire,  and  being 
still  the  residence  of  the  Pope.  It  is  so  fine  and  fruitful  a 
country,  that  it  is  often  called  the  garden  of  Europe. 

Q.  Describe  its  climate,  soil  and  productions  % 

A.  The  air  is,  in  general,  temperate  and  wholesome; 
and  the  soil  very  fertile,  producing  a  great  variety  of  wines, 
and  the  best  oil  in  Europe;  also  wheat,  rice,  oranges,  cit- 


72 


CATECHISM   or 


rons,  etc.,  and  all  sorts  of  fruits,  honey  and  silk,  witi»  sugar 
and  cotton. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Italians  ? 

A.  They  are  polite,  sensible  and  fond  of  the  arts.  They 
excel  in  sculpture,  painting  and  music;  they  are  remark- 
ably temperate  in  eating  and  drinking;  are  courteous,  cha- 
ritable and  contented;  and  seem,  in  their  manners  to  be  a 
medium  between  the  gayety  of  the  French,  and  the  gravity 
of  the  Spaniards.  No  people  have  a  greater  variety  of 
institutions  for  relieving  the  wants  of  suffering  humanity. 

Q.  How  IS  Italy  bounded  ? 

A.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Alps;  on  the  west 
by  France  and  the  Mediterranean;  on  the  south  by  the 
Mediterranean;  and  on  the  east  by  the  Adriatic. 

Q.  Into  how  many  kingdoms  and  states  is  Italy  at  present 
divided "? 

A.  Into  eight,  namely:  1st.  The  kingdom  of  Sardinia, 
comprising  the  island  of  that  name,  with  Savoy,  Piedmont 
and  Genoa;  2nd.  Venice  and  Lombardy,  which  belong  to 
the  Emperor  of  Austria;  3d.  Parma;  4th.  Modena  and 
Massa;  5th.  Lucca;  6th.  Tuscany;  7th.  The  States  of 
the  Church  which  are  governed  by  the  Pope;  8th.  The 
Kingdom  of  the  Two  Sicilies,  comprising  the  Island  of 
Sicily  and  Naples. 

Q.  Which  is  the  most  celebrated  city  of  Italy  % 

A.  Rome,  on  the  river  Tiber.  Home  is  chiefly  remarka- 
ble at  the  present  day,  for  being  the  residence  of  the  Pope, 
the  Supreme  Head  of  the  Catholic  Church ;  for  the  splen- 
dor of  its  public  buildings,  ei^ecially  St.  Peter's  Church,* 
the  largest  and  most  magnificent  structure  ever  erected. 

Q.  What  are  the  other  chief  cities  of  Italy  ? 

A.  They  are  Naples,  Tuiic,  Genoa,  Florence,  Palermo, 
Leghorn,  Cagliari,  Parma,  Modena,  Pisa  and  Gaeta  ;  Mi- 
lan, Venice  and  Mantua  in  Austrian  Italy. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  mountains  % 

A.  The  Alps,  which  divide  it  from  France  and  Switzer- 
land, the  Appenines,  Mount  Vesuvius  and  Mount  Etna, 
the  two  latter  of  which  are  volcanoes, 

*  This  stupendous  pile  of  building  is  seven  hundred  and  thirty  feet  long,  and 
five  hundied  and  twenty  wide  ;  the  height  of  the  interior  pillars  is  one  hundred 
and  seventy-eight  feet,  and  the  height  to  the  top  of  the  cross  five  hundred  and 
eighteen  feet.  Its  erection  occupied  one  hundred  and  eleven  years,  and  coBt 
twelve  millions  of  -sounds  sterling. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


13 


Q.  What  are  its  chief  rivers  '* 

o'  Wh'r""?.^^'  ^^J'  *>'  '^^'°^'  *^»«  ^^"0  and  the  Tiber 
Q.  What  IS  the  population  of  Italy  ? 

n  ■  Auu^^"^  twenty-three  millions  and  a  half 
y.  What  was  the  ancient  name  of  Italy '« 
^.^  //f^/e«^,  one  of  the  noblest  countries  in  Europe    not 
only  in  chmate  but  in  importance  ^   ' 

Q.  What  lakes  in  Italy  ? 

and^Cett)!'   ^'^^^^'''   ^"°^"^'   ^^^^^  Cf^i'da,  Bolsena 


CHAPTER  XLIII. 

O/"  Portugal. 

Q.  What  is  Portugal? 

A  Portugal  is  a  small  kingdom,  bounded  north  and  east 
by  Spam,  south  and  west  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  It  con- 
tains three  and  a  half  millions  of  inhabitants;  its  capital  is 
Lisbon,  situated  on  the  River  Tagus  f  '^^  ^ 

Q.  What  are  the  other  chief  citiel  of  Portu^ral  i 
^.Oporto,  famous  for  its  Port  wine;  Braganza,  Coim- 
bra,  Evora,  Lagos,  St.  Ubes  and  Elvas 
A    mu*^*^^  *^^  religion  of  the  Portuguese? 
A.  1  he  Catholic  is  the  established  religion,  and  no  other 
lehgion  is  known  amongst  the  people. 
Q.  Describe  the  climate  of  Portugal. 
A.  It  is  pure  and  wholesome,  the'  heat  being  moderated 
by  frequent  westerly  winds.  ueiaieu 

Q.  What  kind  of  soil  has  Portugal  ? 

A.  There  are  many  barren  mountains,  but  some  parts 
air  kinds''''  producing  excellent  wines,  and  fruit  of 

Q .  What  is  the  character  of  the  Portuguese  '^ 
A .  They  are,  in  general,  brave,  friendly  and  hospitable 

to  thet  r'ebgiorr''"^^"^^^  ''"'^''''''  ''^  ^'^""^^^  ""''^'^'^ 
Q.  Which  are  the  principal  rivers  "^ 

bJo  ^'^''  ^^'"^''''  ■^''"''''  ^^^''''^'°^'  "^^S^'r  Ouadiana  and 


74 


CATECHISM    OF 


Q.  What  islands  belong  to  Portugal  I 

A.  The  Azores,  the  principal  of  wjiich  arc  St.  Michael, 
Terceira,  Pico  and  Fayal. 

Q.  What  are  its  foreign  possessions  ? 

A.  In  Africa:  Congo,  Anj^^ola,  Benguela,  Sofala,  Mozam- 
bique; Madeira  and  Cape  Verd  Islands.  In  Asia:  Goa, 
Damaun,  Din,  in  Ilindostan;  Macao,  near  Canton;  to- 
'■•ither  with  settlements  at  Timor,  in  the  Indian  Ocean. 


CHAPTER  XLiy. 

Of  Spain. 

Q.  What  kind  of  a  country  is  Spain  ? 

A.  Spain  is  a  large  country,  about  the  size  of  France, 
bounded  north  by  the  Bay  of  Biscay  and  the  Pyrenees, 
which  separate  it  from  France  ;  east  by  the  Mediterranean; 
Bouth  by  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar  and  the  Mediterranean; 
west  by  Portugal  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Its  population 
is  about  fifteen  millions  and  a  half. 

Q.  What  is  the  climate  of  Spain? 

A.  The  air  is  generally  very  hot,  which  frequently 
obliges  the  inhabitants  to  lie  down  after  dinner,  and  sit  up 
late  at  night. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Spaniards  ? 

A.  They  are  grave,  stately,  and  formal  in  their  manners; 
they  are  brave,  generous,  temperate  and  hospitable  ;  and 
possess  an  elevation  of  mind  which  places  them  above  the 
commission  of  a  dishonorable  action.  The  Spaniards  are 
much  attached  to  their  country,  of  which  their  patriotic 
struggle  against  Bonaparte's  usurpation,  affords  a  noble 
specimen. 

Q.  What  is  the  soil  of  Spain  ? 

A.  Spain,  in  general,  is  very  fertile.  Many  parts  are 
overrun  with  woods,  and  with  the  exception  of  Switzerland, 
Spain  is  the  most  mountainous  country  in  Europe. 

Q.  What  are  the  most  remarkable  cities  ? 

A.  Madrid,  the  capital,  Saragossa,  Salamanca,  Toledo 
Cordova,    Grenada,   Seville,    Badajoz,    Corunna,    Oviedo, 


GEOGRAPHY. 


t5 


Michael, 

Mozam- 
a:  Goa, 
ton ;   to- 

..  "1, 


France, 
yrenees, 
'ranean; 
■ranean ; 
pulatioQ 


quently 
i  sit  up 


lanners; 
le  ;  and 
ove  the 
rds  are 
atriotic 
I  noble 


Li'ts  are 
jerland, 


roledo, 
^viedo, 


Leon,   Burgos    Bilboa,  Pampeluna,   Barcelona    Valencia 

oTvhT/^''^  yalladolid/cadiz' and  Malaga.  '' 

y.  What  are  its  chief  sou-ports ' 

0'vVhir;"'?(.^'"'.°''  ^"f''-  «"^'''''""-  ""d  Barcelona. 
t^.  VV  hat  18  the  produce  of  Spain  '^ 

cort  e"^^!"'"'  '''''"°'''  ^''"'"''   ^-''  °^^^^^'  ^^°«1'  l^^nej, 
Q.  What  are  the  chief  rivers  of  Spain  ^ 

V        "t,     ^^^^,"''  ^^'^  ^^^''«'  ^^^e  Guadalquiver.  the  Gua- 
diana,  the  Mmho,  and  the  Ebro. 

Q.  What  is  the  religion  of  S  )ain  "* 
lic'^anJnrnfr^^^''  established  by  law  is  the  Roman  Cathc 

b   wZ  ^^^Z  'f ^f '^"  ''  f^'^^^'^'^^^  ^"  ^"y  part  of  Spain 
H.  What  islands  belong  to  Spain  '«  J  f         '^  ^ijum. 

naitlsklT'  ^"''''''   ^^^^^' "^^^e^tera  and  the  Ca- 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  mountains '« 
nf  PoT-i     ^'r'"f^    Mountains  of  Asturias,  Mountains 
of  Castde    Mountains  of  Toledo,   Sierra  Mo  ena,  Sierra 
JNevada  and  Montserrat.  .       ^'^^*** 

Q.  What  are  the  foreign  possessions  of  Spain  '« 
A.  Cuba  and  Porto  llico,  in  the  West  Indies;  the  Phi- 
hppine  and  Ladrone  Islands  in  the  Indian  Archipelago. 


CHAPTER  XLV. 

Vniled  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

Q.  What  does  the  United  Kingdom  comprise  '^ 
nnfv^i   ^^"^PFjf  s  the  Kin,. -oms  of  England,   Scotland 
and  Ireland,  with  the  Princi]  ality  of  Wales.     Great  Bri- 
tain  and  Ireland,  together  with  several   smaller  islands 
lying  around  them,  are  usually  called  the  British  Isles 

H.  W  hat  are  its  foreign  possessions  ? 

A  The  foreign  possessions  of  England,  -hich  are  sit- 
uated m  every  quarter  of  the  globe,  are  very  extensive. 

I  hose  in  Asia  consist  of  India  and  its  dependencies; 
Ceylon  Penang,  Singapore,  Aden,  etc.  In  Africa,  the 
l^ape  ot  uood  Hope,  Mauritius,  Seychelle  Islands,  St'  He- 
lena, Ascension,  Sierra  Leone,  Gambia,  with  several  forts 


'.;! 


76 


CATECHISM    OF 


on  the  Coast  of  Guinea.     In  America,  Canada  Labrador 

jons  Bay,  ISewfoundland,  Cape  Breton,  Prince  Edward's 
Island,  etc  witli  many  valnuble  islands  in  the  We^t  ll 
dies.  In  Europe,  the  fortress  of  Gibialtar  in  Spain  th^ 
lornan  Isles,  and  the  Island  of  Malta  in  the  MedSean 
bea.  In  Australasia,  various  Colonies  in  New  Holland  • 
""''n  'ir'  ''^'^"'  Possessions  of  less  note  ^  ' 

Q.  \Vhat  have  you  to  remark  of  Great  Britain  ^ 
A    It  is  one  of  the  most  important  countries  in  thp 
world,  and  surpasses  all  others  in  the  extent  o    its  com 

merce  and  manufactures.     The  government  is  a  limTttd' 
hereditary  monarchy.  ^  ^^  a,  iimitta 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  the  British  Isles  -» 
A.  About  twenty-eight  millions. 

ENGLAND    AND   WALES. 

Q.  How  are  England  and  Wales  bounded^ 

A.  JSorth  by  Scotland;  west  by  the  Irish  Sea  and  q«- 
♦ieorge's  Channel;  south  by  the  English  Channel  east  bv 
*he  German  Ocean  or  North  Sea  ^^<^onei,  east  by 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  England  and  Wales  1 

A.  Nearly  eighteen  millions. 

Q.  How  18  England  divided  ? 

n' ^lru^  ^^^^y  Counties  or  Shires. 
J'and  WaTe'1  '''  ""'^'"^  "^"^^  ^^  ^"S^^^'  ^-^1,  Seot- 

^.  Of  England,  Britannia;   Ireland,  Ilibernia  -   Ront 
^^^^  Caledoma,  and  Wales,  Cambria.     '   ''''''''''^^    ^cot- 

A    mi     mf®  *^®  ""^'^^  "vers  in  England  ? 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  mountains '« 

^.  Scafell  Skiddaw,  and  Helvellyn,  in  Cumberland-  tlv* 

o  *^^„^f«"dip  Hills,  in  Somersetshire  ?  o^Ksnire, 

y.  V\  hat  are  the  chief  ports  ^ 

Q.  What  are  the  other  chief  cities  '^ 

^.  XOTK,  Oxford,  Chichester,  Durham,  Exeter  and  Bath 


GEOGRAPHY. 

1 1 

(I  What  is  tho  capital  of  England  ^ 

sixty-two  thousand  millions  tliree  hundred  and 

A  I'ortsrao^utir  'pr'"'"  T™'  '""-"^ ' 
.am  „„d  Shoei  '^''"'"'""'  ^'■''""'•''.  Woolwich,  Chat, 

lation,  is  noted  for    ottr"™  ""^  "'  "''tinsdon,  in  popu 

^i«rdw„e,  Slieffieid  fo,.  cu  e  T'iSw''"'  ?'"''"'«'''^'^ '^^ 
Leeds  and  Wulcefiold  for  wooMeit  W '"I'""  '""•  '^''''P"'^. 
tor  for  stockinm  Wor,.,.=f  l  f  '  ^o"i"gli"m  and  Leices. 
-matches  and  ribbon,  "'  ^"^  J'"'''"'^'''"''  ""l  Coventry  f^ 

^  What  is  tho  character  of  tho  Knglish  i 

for  integrity  and  wealth;  the  mecha  2  f  ""i  !^l''"''g»i«lied 
try;  and  the  sailors  and  soldiers  for  Z'r  '*""  '""'  '"dus- 

Wittleseamere.  "" '"'"""-•'•'  Ullswater,  Windermere  and 

A    M™   p""^'  "'  ""•"'"■'J  *•"=  British  coasts '       ' 
Uje^rile'^pJS'^on^^^^ 
tlie  Isle  of  Wight'and  HoTy  Island  '^    '  '^"^'''='^''' 


CHAPTER  XLVI. 

Of.  Wales. 
Q-  Into  how  many  counties  is  Wales  divided  i 

ra.X™^i,t^,rfiXtK:...«---.  Oader. 

-vhlaroaoyiesVntdl'"  "' "'^  ^^'^•'  P^°P'».  and  from 

-4.  They  are  hardy,  tenipemtp    u„...   , . ,   ,       .,  , . 
and  retain  nineli  nf  ti,„      !-•■-"'.   t-ravc  and  hospitable 

T.eyarederded^,r:rr;;;tT£^^  "^  — 


78 


CATECHISM   OF 


Q.  What  is  the  aspect  of  Wales  'i 

is  noted  VrV^^^r'^  ^7^  '"^'^''^  ^^^  mountainous,  and 
predpkL  ^"'^  '""'^^''  '''''''^S  ^'"'^^'^  and  keep 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Wales  '^ 


one  hundred  and  twentj-one. 


'If' 


CHAPTER  XLYII. 

Of  Scotland. 

Q.  How  is  Scotland  bounded  % 

A.  Scotland  is  bounded  north  bv  thn   a  fi«  *•     /^ 
west  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  Xm-ttri^'J^'^  ^"'^"5 
England,  the  ^o\,.'.^^m^tt^^^ 
German  Ocean.  ^'^  ^®^'   ^^^t  by  the 

Q.  How  is  Scotland  divided '« 

the  othe^o;tl,''of«rT"°r'''/''  ^'"^  ^''sW^-ds,  and 
tWrty-tl,roe  counties  ^"^''''"*-     ^''"^  *^'><"<'  '^•■Jtain. 

Q.  W;«-e  and  vvhat  is  the  town  of  Berwick  ? 

eight  1 '^„c  fed  m^  Sf  "tho""""";"'"  '"  '^^^  ™""«- 
eight-four.  ^  thousand,  seven  hundred  and 

,     Q.  *Vhat  are  the  chief  cities  of  Scotland  i 

ei4.Sc'otS  'noredlSi't^  ll't"°""  ""  ■""^^  "°P"'°- 
codife-ee-  Pais  eV  T>1.H        ,  ^-^f^'^'™  manufactures  and 

maXtu're  oftltonlnd  l!lf  ^"f"™'""'.  "«'«<!  for  the 
Greenock,  and  L^hWhW    ?''n ''''°',  ^''^^d^''-''.  Dundee, 
Q.  What  are  ^e'Sinl^of  S^tlf  :^?"'"=  ^-^"P"'- 

the  Ork  ;:y,' Hebrid^ef^wl',"  ^^7','""?  "'  "-e  Shetland, 

Q.  What  are  tl  "eh  rf   al  ■  "s"  ^'"'f^'  ^"-'"^  ""d  »"'« 
/4    Th.>  ..M^P  1  1  ^^^  ^"  Scotland  ? 


vrard : 


tainous,  and 
3  and  steep 

it  thousand, 


tic  Ocean; 
;  south  by 
1st  hy  the 

lands,  and 
3  contains 


GEOGRAPHY. 

tbe  loftiest  in  Gre"  trirai„"'B:''"r'^."^  ^--  MacdhnL 
Lawen,,  Cairngorm,  BTw^iF?,^'''-  C'"'™'""!    Ben 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  rivS  »       "'»  Grampian  Hills.       ' 

««d  are  disti„g„feKrtbr'''''"''^r'''«-''7«'>d  brave 
are  indefatigable  in  IZifnt  *'"'""','''''  ^ducnuon.  Thev 
-"uch  fatigne  to  attaiH!  ^"^  "''J^^'-  »d  vvill  endure 

CHAPTXiR  XL VIII. 

O   n„     •   ,  W  Ireland. 

\  7'T  's  Ireland  bounded  ^ 

Atlantiroeeai;  e"?t  s7">  "^^'  "'"^  «0"tl.    by  th. 
Sea  a,Kl  the  No;trc'ha''„ef  •  ^^"''^'^'^  Channel, 'the\L\^ 

AlrernndlTf''"^^""-'^''? 
.Great  Britain; ^^1"!  *"^/«rtile  Mand,  lyi„.  ^^^t  „f 

%  "'"*!«;•£  t"'" '-,'" '»'-' 

^'^nous  parts  of  f?,n  f/    ^^^^"^'^  ''^"^  coal,     a^hom  o.n    • 
^'•"te  anlfretstoue:'  ""'"'^'  ''""'•'-  «f  -arbler^^.S,;;' 

evinces,  nn 


stereast\Tard;  M 


nvstcr  Konfl 


'elj,  Ulster  north 


ward;  .Lo?n- 


---^^eh  provides  a::,SL™;i.iS-":^i^i! 


80 


CATECHISM   OF 


Q.  How  many  counties  are  there  in  the  province  of  Leio^ter  t 
•A.  J^einster  contains  the  following  twelve  counties. 


O0UNTIF,3. 

Dublin, 
Louth, 
Wicklow, 
Wexford, 
Longford, 
East  Meath, 
West  Meath, 
King's  Count;, 
Queen's  County 
Kilkenny, 
Kildare, 
Carlow, 


CfllKF    TOWNS. 

Dublin. 

Drogheda. 

Wicklow. 

Wexford. 

Longford. 

Trim. 

^.lullingar. 

Philipstown. 

IVlary  borough. 

Kilkenny. 

Athy  and  Naas. 

Carlow. 


Q.  How  many  counties  in  Ulster  1 

A,  Ulster  contains  the  following  nine  counties  : 

P"""^"' .  Downpatrick. 

M     '-^r^'  '  Armagh. 

^^^"'^Shan,  MonaShan. 

^^^?.^'  Cavan, 

t'^'TU  Carrickfergus. 

Londonderry,  j^  *= 

J^"""^'     ,  Omagh. 

Fermanagh,  Ennilkillen. 

.^^^eg'^l'  Lifford. 

Q.  What  are  the  counties  in  Connauf^hf^ 
A.  Connaught  contains  the  folio wmg  five  counties  : 

l^'^'''""^  Leitrim. 

Roscommon,  Roscommon. 

5^y«,  Castlebar. 

rT  Sligo. 

^^^^^y'  Gafway. 

Q.  What  are  the  counties  of  IMunster  '^ 

A.  Muuster  contains  the  following  six  counties : 


Clare, 

Cork, 

Kerry, 

Limerick, 

Tipperary, 

Waterford, 


Ennis. 

Cork. 

Tralee. 

Limerick. 

Clonmel. 

Waterford. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


8] 


Q-  What  is  the  capital  of  Ireland  ^ 
thousand  iSnt'"^^  '''''  '^'  ^-<^-d  and  fifty-fi,, 
(I  What  are  its  principal  cities? 

fort  ^'"lo^u^^^^^^^  Water. 

dalk.  "unaerry,  Kilkenny,  Drogheda  and  Dun- 

A    Thf  qTn  ""^  P^'^'P'-"'  '"'="  i"  Ireland  ' 
t^e^^StTal    L^'^a^rt^^^^^^^^ 
BaiTovv,  the  Lee,  and  the  Erne    '     '  ^''""^'  ^^'^  «"■-.  ti« 

Q.  How  many  inhabitants  does  ireland  contain  ' 
.,„!/-"*  s,x  nnlHons  five  hundred  trsi.xteen  tho„- 
Q-  What  is  the  character  of  the  Irish  ' 

'c-tic-a„d  tn-formed 'tey^r  o?"' "'^  ^'^'"^  ^'»-  ''"^- 
warm-hearted,  brave  ahnoTt  m       ,  '^'""^  comprehension, 

S'    Fon  -fiftt  ^oTTh"'"^  ^^'iS'""  °f  ">;•  Irish  ? 
^luch  f°  ;/S  1  have  reS'd  T  "',""  ^''*''olie  faith, 
rick,  in  the  nZ  celturv    th.i   T.^      *™'  "''  *^'-  P^'" 
temptations  and  per 'ecS.s       "°     '^'  """'  ""''^''^^-of 

S   ThT  It  ''""T'  '"""""'^''^  '°  Ireland  ? 

YS?" -"--5"  Be.,  conn. 
A    "^^    .^'"ids  are  on  the  Irish  Coast  ?  ^ 


if 


82 


CATECHISM   OF 


CHAPTER  XLIX. 


F' 


Of  Asia. 

Q.  How  is  Asia  bounded  '? 

A.  Asia  is  bounded  nortli  by  the  Northern  Ocean;  west 
by  the  Ural  Moantains,  the  lliver  Ural,  the  Caspian  Sea, 
Caucasus,  the  Black  Sea,  the  Sea  of  Marmora,  the  Archi- 
pelago, the  Mediterranean,  the  Isthmus  of  Suez,  and  the 
Red  Sea ;   south  by  the  Indian  Ocean,  and  east  by  the 

Pacific  Ocean, 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Asia  ? 

A.  Four  hundred  and  sixty  millions— more  than  one  half 
the  population  of  the  entire  globe. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  divisions  of  Asia "? 

A.  Asia,  the  largest,  richest  and  most  populous  grand 
division  of  the  globe,  contains  Asiatic  Turkey,  Asiatic 
Russia,  the  Chinese  Empire,  Hindostan,  Eastern  Peninsula 
or  Farther  India,  Persia,  Afghanistan,  Beloochistau,  Inde- 
pendent Tartary,  Arabia  and  Japan. 

Q.  Describe  the  climate  and  soil  of  Asia  1 

A.  In  a  country  of  such  immense  extent  as  Asia,  both 
the  soil  and  climate  must  be  extremely  various;  but  in 
general  it  is  far  superior  to  Europe  and  Africa,  both  in  the 
serenity  of  its  air,  and  the  fertility  of  its  soil,  producing 
the  most  delicious  fruits,  the  most  fragrant  and  balsamk; 
plants,  spices  and  gums. 

Q.  In  what  else  is  Asia  superior  to  Europe  and  Africa  i 

A.  In  the  quantity,  variety,  beauty,  and  value  of  its 
gems,  the  riches  of  its  metals,  and  tne  fineness  of  its  silks 

and  cottons. 

Q.  For  what  is  Asia  peculiarly  celebrated  'i 

A.  1st.  Here  the  first  man  was  created— the  patriarchs 
lived— the  law  was  given  to  Moses— and  here  the  great 
and  celebrated  empires  of  Assyria,  Babylon,  and  Persia, 
were  also  founded. 

2d.  In  Asia,  Christianity  was  first  promulgated,  and 
from  thence  the  light  of  the  Gospel  was  difl'used  over  the 
whole  world. 

3d.  The  laws,  arts,  and  sciences  almost  all  had  their  ori- 
gin in  Asia.    At  Ephesus,  in  Natolia,  stood  tlj.e  celebrated 


GEOGRAPHY. 


83 


Tyre  and  SUon  were  on  the  coast  ofTalVin^^^ 
great  eitie,  of  trade,  but  nowI\1bited  b^  a  U"  flTe/ 
men      Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  places  once  famous  Ire  now 
only  known  by  name;  and  Nineveh  and  BabTn   "ties  i^ 

Stir  ■  '"''  '"''''''  -  "-•  '"«  ^^^^^  0? 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  towns  of  Asia  ' 

A.  bmyrna,  Aleppo,  Damascus,  Jerusalem    Mecca  Mp. 
dma,  Teheran    Cabul,  Calcutta,  Madras,  Eokbay   Delht 

^n'  w?'°'  ^™'''"'  ^''"toi  aid  Tobolsk  ^'  ' 

«.  What  arc  the  principal  mountains  of  Asia  ' 

,i  ■'■i'^  P™«PaJ  Asiatic  mountains  are  the  Himalaya 
"""■i  "f  ,^l!'!'J°^'?".  "hieh  are  upwards  of  five  mi  ksS 
and  the  loftiest  in  the  world;  the  Hindoo  Koo™  Bdur 
lag,  Kuenlun  and  Thian-shan,  the  Ural,  the  Altav  the 
Horet'  "^'  '^™""'*  ^'^"™^'  Lebanon,  S  and 
Q.  What  are  its  chief  rivers  ? 

r..i'  ^'^1!  ^i^^S-^^  and  Hoan--ho  in  China;  the  Burram- 
pooter,  the  Ganges  and  the  Indus,  in  Inda;  the  S 
Yenesei  and  Obi,  in  Siberia;  the  Amour  in  Tartary    the 

Hol^' Land'  ^™' ''  ^^""'^'^^  "^^  ^^'  ^''^'''^  ^^' 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  islands  of  Asia '? 
T  ^'     ^  ^^^^  Asiatic  islands  are  the  Japan  Isles    the 
Ladrones    the  Phiiiippines,  the  Moluccas  o?  Spice  isH 
Borneo,  feumatra,  and  Java;  Ceylon,  Andaman,  Nicoba; 
Isles  and  Formosa;  New  Guin.a,  Che  Pelew  Isles,  and  t^ 
tarolmes,  with  some  others  of  less  note. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  lakes  in  Asia  '^ 

A.  Lakes  Baikal,  Balkash  or  Tengiz,  and  the  Dead  Sea. 

•  ^.Tount  Ararat,  is  famous  forbeing  tho  rc.3tri".i)laceof  T«fnol,'a  a  ^t  ,„i 
waters  of  the  Deluge  had  subsided.  ^It  is  situal^d'i!  Armenia  '  ^^'"  '^^ 


i^^f 


.-.^  f 


I*'' 


u 


CATECHISM    OF 


:il) 


CHArTER  L. 

Of  Asiatic  Turkey. 

Q.  How  is  Asiatic  Turkey  bounded  % 

A.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north,  by  the  Black  Sea  and 
Russia;  west,  by  the  Archipelago  and  the  Mediterranean; 
south,  by  Arabia;  east,  by  Persia  and  Russia.  Its  popu- 
lation is  about  twenty  millions. 

Q.  For  what  is  Asiatic  Turkey  celebrated  1 

A.  As  the  principal  scene  of  early  Scripture  history; 
and  of  those  romantic  expeditions  called  the  Crusades. 

Q.  What  is  a  Crusade '? 

A.  A  holy  war;  a  name  given  to  the  expeditions  of  the 
Christians  against  the  infidels  for  the  recovery  of  Pales- 
tine— so  called,  because  those  who  were  engaged  in  them 
wore  a  cross  on  their  clothes,  and  bore  one  on  their 
standards. 

Q-  What  else  have  you  to  observe  of  this  country  ? 

A.  That  it  is  covered  with  wrecks  of  ancient  splendor; 
it  was  once  very  fertile  and  rich,  containing  many  flourish- 
ing kingdoms,  and  a  great  number  of  celebrated  cities; 
but  it  is  now  uncultivated,  the  people  miserable,  and  the 
.cities  few. 

Q.  How  is  Asiatic  Turkey  divided  1 

A.  Into  Asia  Minor,  Armenia,  Kurdistan,  Irak-Arabi, 
or  Chaldea,  Algesira  or  Mesopotamia,  Syria  and  Palestine, 
or  the  Holy  Land. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  cities  of  Turkey  in  Asia? 

A.  The  principal  cities  of  Turkey  in  Asia  arc  Smyrna, 
Antioch,  Acre,  Aleppo,  Damascus,  Jerusalem,  Bagdad,  and 
Bassorah.  Smyrna  is  a  very  extensive  and  populous  city, 
containing  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  inhabi- 
tants; and  Damascus  contains  about  one  hundred  thousand. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  mountains  i 

A.  The  chief  mountains  of  Turkey  in  Asia  are  Taurus, 
Ida,  Olympus,  Ararat  and  Lebanon. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Euphrates,  the  Tigris,  the  Orontes  and  the 
Jordan. 


GEOGRAPHY, 


85 


Q.  For  what  is  Turkey  in  Asia  particularly  celebrated  ? 
.1.   lurkey  m  Asia  is  celebrated  for  its  carn.t. 
Silks,  rhubarb  and  fruits 


its  carpets,  oils, 


Q.  What  lake  in  Turkey  in  Asia  '* 
A.  The  Dead  Sea. 


hi(  .'I 


CHAPTER  LI. 

Of  Asiatic  Russia. 

Q.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  Asiatic  Russia  ^ 
A.  It  has  the  Northern  Ocean  to  the  North;  Russia  in 
Europe  to  the  west;  Persia,  Independent  and  Chinese  Tar- 

'^  w.  !  f?^^^'/»d  t^^e  P^<^ific  Ocean  to  the  east. 

(al-  V\  hat  kind  of  a  country  is  Russia  in  Asia '« 

A.  It  is  a  very  large  country,  comprehending  the  most 
northern  parts  of  Asia;  being  in  length  from  the  Ural 
Moun  ains  to  the  southern  extremity  of  Kamtschatka, 
three  thousand  six  hundred  miles,  and  in  breadth  from  north 
to  soutli,  one  thousand  nine  hundred  miles. 

Q.  How  is  this  country  divided  1 

A  Into  three*  governments,  namely:  Western  Siberia. 
Eastern  Siberia,  and  Georgia,  or  the  Trans-Caucasian  Prov- 
inces. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Asiatic  Russia  '^ 

A.  It  is  estimated  at  six  millions. 

Q.  What  is  the  produce  -if  Asiatic  Russia  '^ 

A  The  southern  part  pr-duces  all  the  necessaries  of 
lite,  but  the  northern  part  is  extremely  cold,  almost  uncul- 
tivated  and  _  thmly  peopled.  The  principal  riches  of  the 
country  consist  of  fine  skins  and  furs. 

Q.  Which  are  the  principal  cities  in  Asiatic  Russia  '^ 

A.  Tobolsk,  Irkutsk  and  Teflis. 

Q.  What  are  the  names  of  the  principal  nations  of  Asiatic 

A  The  Cossacks,  Calmucs,  Circassians,  and  Georgians, 
the  Samoieds,  Ostiaks,  Koriaks,  the  Tschut^  .,  Kamtschat' 
dales,  and  others  of  less  note. 

•  Orenburg  and  Astrachau  are  now  considered  as  parta  of  Europe. 

8 


§i 


86 


CATECHISM   OP 


% 


'1* 


Q.  Arc  the  Asiatic  Russians  like  those  of  Europe  ? 

A.  No,  very  diffcrcut ;  for  in  this  wide  expanse  there 
are  many' distinct  races  of  men,  not  only  differing  from  the 
European  Russians,  but  also  from  each  other,  both  in  ap- 
pearance,  manners,  religion,  and  language. 

Q.  What  nations  live  towards  the  north  ! 

A.  Samoieds,  Ostiaks,  Koriaks,  and  other  similar  tribes, 
who  are  sunk  in  gross  superstition  and  idolatry,  and  are 
very  filthy  and  squalid  in  their  appearance. 

Q.  How  do  they  subsidt  ^ 

A.  Chiefly  by  hunting  and  fishing,  but  they  are  all  averse 
to  steady  industry.  Some  are  fixed  and  others  wandering. 
These  people,  in  general,  are  of  small  stature  and  hard 
featured;  and  considering  the  extent  of  country,  they  oc- 
cupy, are  few  in  number. 

Q.  What  are  the  Tschutki  7* 

A.  The  Tschutki,  who  inhabit  the  north-east  corner  of 
Russia,  are  superior  in  size,  and  better  featured,  than  the 
preceding  tribes  and  are  more  skilled  in  the  various  arts 
of  life.  The  peninsula  of  Kamtschatka  is  inhabited  by 
another  race,  but  not  less  filthy  and  brutalized  than  the  Sa- 
moieds. Several  of  the  tribes  before  mentioned,  are  con- 
sidered, in  general,  very  dull,  heavy  and  harmless. 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  nations  inhabiting  the  countries  bor- 
dering on  the  Caucasian  Mmntains  1 

A.  The  Cossacks,  Circassians  and  Georgians.  These 
nations  are  celebrated  for  the  bravery  of  the  men,  and  the 
beauty  of  the  females. 

Q.  Describe  the  Cossacks  ? 

A.  The  Cossacks  are  divided  into  the  Don  TJkrain  and 
Uralian  Cossacks;  but  the  most  celebrated  are  those  who 
reside  on  the  borders  of  the  River  Don,  It  was  the  latter, 
who,  under  their  enterprising  leader,  Platoff,  made  such 
dreadful  havoc  among  the  French  in  Bonaparte's  unsuc- 
cessfal  campaign  into  Russia  in  1812,  when  he  lost  nearly 
three  hundred  thousand  men. 
Q,  Who  are  the  Circassians'? 

A.  The  Circassians  are  a  noble  people,  very  courageous, 
and  possessing  a  great  military  genius,  and  were  they 
united  under  one  chief,  miglit  become  a  great  independent 

*  rronounced  Chutki. 


iw 


GEOGRAPHY. 


87 


empire;  but  tliey  are  a  nation  of  wandering  mountaineers, 
divided  into  many  different  and  hostile  tribes,  and  want  a 
spirit  of  unity  to  make  tlieir  power  effectual. 

Q.  What  ia  Georgia? 

A.  Georgia  is  a  very  line  country,  situated  between  the 
Black  and  Caspian  seas.  It  is  very  productive,  and  the 
inhabitants  are  a  fine  and  warlike  people;  its  chief  town  is 
Teflis. 


CHAPTER  LII. 

Of  the  Chinese  Empire. 

Q.  How  is  the  Chinese  Empire  bounded  ? 

A.  North  by  the  Russian  Empire  and  the  Sea  of  Okotsk; 
west  by  Independent  Tartary,  Afghanistan,  and  the  Him- 
alaya Mountains;  south  by  the  Eastern  Peninsula  and  the 
Chinese  Sea;  east  by  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Q.  What  countries  constitute  the  Chinese  Empire  *? 

A.  The  Chinese  Empire  embraces  China  Proper,  Chinese 
Tartary  and  Thibet. 

Q.  What  is  China  '? 

A.  China  is  one  of  the  most  ancient  and  polished  nations 
of  Asia,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  extent   and  prodigious 

population. 

Q.  For  what  is  it  otherwise  celebrated  *? 

A.  For  its  immense  wall,  which  is  one  thousand  two 
hundred   miles  long,  twenty-five  feet  high,  and  eighteen 

feet  thick.  , ,   m  ^ 

Q.  For  what  purpose  was  this  immense  wall  budt  T 
A.  To  divide  China  from  Tartary,  and  keep  the  Tartars 
from  pluri'^ering  the  Chinese  territories. 
Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  of  China  1 
A.  Pekin,  the  capital;  Nankin  and  Canton. 
Q.  Waiat  is  the  character  of  the  Chinese  1 
A.  They  are  industrious  beyond  any  people   on  earth; 
possess  a  great  share  of  ingenuity,  but  are  artful  and  fraudu- 
lent.    They  are  lovers  of  the  arts  and  sciences,  but  have 
too  great  an  opinion  of  their  own  wisdom,  and  think  meanly 
of  other  nations. 


88 


CATECHISM    OF 


Q.  What  else  is  worthy  of  observation  in  respect  to  the  Chi- 
nese i  r  -^ 

A.  Their  complexion,  which  is  tawny;  and  those  aro 
thought  to  excel  in  beauty  who  are  most  bulky.  The 
women  afiect  much  modesty,  and  are  remarkable  lor  their 
small  feet. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  China  ? 

A.  About  two  hundred  and  thirty  millions 

Q.  What  is  Thibet  ? 

A.  TInbet,  sometimes  called  the  Snowy  Region  is  a 
vast  extent  of  country  in  the  interior  of  Asia,  subject  to 
Chma. 

Q.  How  is  it  divided,  and  what  is  the  number  of  its  inhabi- 
tants i 

A.  Thibet  is  divided  into  three  parts.  Upper,  Middle 
and  Lower;  its  inhabitants  are  estimated  at  ei^ht  millions 
Q.  What  is  Chinese  Tartary  1 

A.  Chinese  Tartary  is  a  large  country  to  the  north  of 
Chma  Proper,  to  which  it  is  tributary.  Its  population  is 
about  sixteen  millions.  It  comprises  Manchooria,  Man- 
goha,  Corea,  and  Little  Bucharia  or  Cashgar. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  tribes  inhabiting  Chinese  Tartary  ^ 
A.  The  Calmucs,  Eluths  and  Kalkas. 
Q.  Describe  the  Calmucs  1 
^    A.  The  Calmucs  are  a  nation  of  wanderers,  who  live 
m  tents,  and  remove  from  thence  in  quest  of  pasturage  for 
their  numerous  cattle,  consisting  of  horses,  camels,  cows 
and  sheep.     These  people  neither  sow  nor  renp,  so  that 
they  live  without  bread  or  any  kind  of  vegetable.     Their 
food  is  fish,  flesh,  milk,  butter  and  cheese. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  mountains  ? 
^.  The  Himalaya  Mountains,  the  highest  mountains  on 
the  globe,  being  five  and  a  half  miles  in  height;  the  Kuen- 
lun;  the  Thsoungling  Mountains;  the  Thian-chan  Mount- 
ains and  the  Altai  Mountains. 

Si"  ^ml"^*  ?f  ®  *^®  principal  rivers  of  the  Chinese  Empire  i 
A.  llie  Hoangho  or  Yellow  River,  the  Yang-tse-kiang 
or  Blue  River,  the  Burrampooter,  theAmoor,  the  Pei-ho  or 
River  of  Pekm. 


GEOGRAPHY.  ^^ 

8v 

CHAPTER  LIU. 

Of  India  in  General, 
Q.  What  is  meant  by  India  ? 
^^i^^7iS:,fj^t'^:^  applied  to  these 

Q.  Why  is  it  called  India  ^ 

flindostat\'^fCil'/i-;f.«d  into  two  great  parts,  viz: 

without  the  Ganges  *'  "'  ^'"^"'  ^"'"''.  and  India 

«■  What  ti„d  „f  ,^„^j^y  .^  j^^.^  ^ 

puriing  streams,  and  iateZersed  u-m  '"'Ip  '"'''  "'"l 
tills.  The  periodical  rains  anfl  If  I  '""^  '''"'Ses  of 
luxuriance  of  ve-eta  ion  ^L„  f  f'"'  *"="*''  P™duce  a 
country  in  the  world  "'''"'"™   '»  ""y  other 

«•  What  is  thn  soil  of  India  % 

vege'tab.e"orti^at"k'il^Lr,o"\r'  ^'"'•'"'^'  f"-"- 
and  June  before  tho  ,.;  ^  ^'^^^  ^^'^  ground  in  May 

the  year.  '        ^  ''''  *^^  ^««<^  temperate  months  in 

S'    ml*  r  ^-'^  productions  of  India  ? 

A    tL  W  *^:?  '^"'^^^^^  '^  '^^  Hindoos  ?'  '*'• 
adaptedt^'hrrt^^^^^^^^  -^^'  -^  by  no  means 

A    Ono*/'  "i'  P?P"lation  of  Hindostau  ? 

Q   WW  -"fi^''^  ''^"^  ^^^^3^  ^^""ion«- 

itetf^^^^*^^^^^^^^^^^^^^-^ 

Q.  What  other  remarkable  cities  are  there  t 
^  A.  Bombay,     Benares,    Delhi     MadAi:     Pn  a-  x. 
Sermgapatam  and  Goa  ^laclras,    Pondicheny, 


O ..  \  ^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


,.<^. 


1.0 


2.5 


I.I 


■  50     "^^ 


11.25 


llllim 


M  lllli!.6 


::! 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14S80 

(716)  872-4503 


gb 


'i^* 


'<^ 


v^i^:- 


o 


Mi 


1/ 


/^ 


90 


CATECHISM   OF 


Q.  What  are  the  chief  mountains  'i  .      -,  lx. 

A.  The  Gauts  or  Ghats;  and  the  Himalaya,  in  the  north, 
the  highest  in  the  world. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  mines  of  India  1 

A.  The  chief  mines  of  India  ar^  gold,  silver  and  dia- 
monds. P  T   J-    1 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  animals  of  India  i 

A.  They  are  elephants,  rhinoceroses,  tigers,  leopards, 
panthers,  camels,  dromedaries,  buffaloes  and  monkeys. 


CHAPTER  LIV. 

Of  Interior  India  or  Hindostan.  * 

Q.  How  is  Hindostan  situated  ?  • 

A.  Hindostan  is  bounded  north  by  Thibet,  east  by  part 
of  the  Birman  Empire  and  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  south  by 
the  Indian  Ocean,  and  west  by  Afghanistan  and  the  Ara- 
bian Sea. 

Q.  How  are  the  inhabitants  divided  1 

A.  The  Hindoos  are  divided  into  tribes  or  castes.  The 
principal  are  the  Brahmins,  soldiers,  mechanics  and  laborers. 
The  Brahmins  have  the  care  of  religion;  the  soldiers  are 
usually  called  rajahpoots;  those  in  the  service  of  the  Eng- 
lish are  called  sepoys:  the  mechanics  comprehend  mer- 
chants and  traders;  tlie  laborers  include  farmers  and  all 
who  cultivate  the  land.     The  greater  part  of  the  Hindoos 

are  idolaters. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  of  Hindostan  ? 

A.  Calcutta,  Bombay,  Madras,  Baroda,  Lahore,  Delhi, 
Ca'ohmere  and  Benares. 

Q.  Which  are  its  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Indus,  Ganges,  Burrampooter,  Sutlej,  Nerbud- 
dah  and  Krishna. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  1 

A.  One  hundred  and  forty  millions. 

Of  Farther  India. 

Q.  What  is  Farther  India  *? 

A.  Farther  India  is  a  vast  extent  of  country,  comprising 


GEOGRAPHY. 


91 


Assam,  Arracan,  Tenasserim  and  Malacca,  which  are  British 
possessions,  the  Birman  Empire,  Siam,  and  the  empire  of 
Anam  or  Cochin  China. 

Q.  How  are  these  countries  bounded  1 

A.  They  are  bounded  north  by  the  Chinese  Empire,  west 
by  Hindostau  and  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  south  by  the  Straits 
of  Malacca  and  the  Gulf  of  Siam,  east  by  the  Chinese 
Sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Tonquin. 

Q.  What  two  great  rivers  in  Farther  India  % 

A.  The  Cambodia  and  the  Irrawady. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  cities  of  Farther  India? 

A.  Arracan,  Ava,  Ummerapoora,  Bangkok,  Amherst  and 
Singapore. 


CHAPTER  LY. 

Of  the  Birman  Empire. 

Q.  What  is  the  situation  of  the  Birman  Empire  % 

A.  The  Birman  Empire  is  situated  east  of  Hindostan, 
south  of  China,  and  west  of  the  Chinese  Sea. 

Q.  What  are  its  principal  divisions  ? 

A.  Its  principal  divisions  are  Ava  and  Pegu. 

Q.  What  is  the  general  character  of  the  Birmans  1 

A.  They  are  a  lively  and  inquisitive  race  of  people,  but 
passionate  and  revengeful. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  cities? 

A.  The  chief  cities  of  the  Birman  Empire  are  Ava,  its 
capital,  Rangoon  and  Ummerapoora. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  the  Birman  Empire  I 

A,  Five  millions  and  a  half. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  Birmah  ? 

A.  The  soil  being  extremely  fertile,  it  yields  excellent 
wheat,  sugar,  rice,  indigo  and  cotton;  and  the  different 
tropical  fruits  in  high  perfection,  and  in  great  abundance. 
Its  animals  are  the  same  as  those  of  Hindostan.  It  pos- 
sesses excellent  mines  of  gold,  silver  and  precious  stones. 


92 


CATECHISM    or 


CHAPTEH  LYI. 

Of  Siam. 

Q.  What  kind  of  a  country  is  Siam  ? 
A.  Siam  coosists  of  a  fertile  valley  watered  by  the  river 
Meinam.    It  is  well  fitted  for  sugar,  rice  and  other  tropical 

products. 

Q.  What  is  its  chief  city  *? 

A.  Its  chief  city  is  Bankok,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Meinam. 
It  consists,  in  a  great  measure,  of  houses  floating  on  the 
water  in  rows  eight  or  ten  feet  from  the  bank. 

Q.  In  what  do  the  Siamese  excel '? 

A.  The  Siamese  excel  in  some  of  the  ornamental  manu- 
factures, particularly  in  those  of  gold  and  silver,  and  their 
miniature  paintings  have  been  much  admired. 

Q.  Describe  the  Siamese  1 

A.  The  Siamese,  in  general,  are  of  dark  complexion ; 
and  their  food  consists  principally  of  rice  and  fish.  The 
men  are  extremely  indolent,  and  most  of  the  laborious 
works  are  executed  by  the  women. 

Q.  What  m  its  principal  river  ] 

A.  The  Meinam. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  ? 

A.  Three  million  eight  hundred  thousand. 


CHAPTER  LYII. 

Of  Malacca,  Assam,  etc. 

Q.  What  are  the  British  Provinces  in  Farther  India  *? 

A.  They  consist  of  Malacca,  Assam,  Arracan  and  Ten- 
asserim.  These  provinces  are  in  many  parts  very  fertile, 
but  rudely  cultivated.  Assam  contains  large  forests  of  the 
tea  plant. 

Q.  Describe  Tenasserim. 

A.  Tenasserim  is  about  five  hundred  miles  long  and  sixty 
miles  broad.  It  is  divided  into  the  provinces  of  Amherst, 
Tavoy  and  Mergui.  The  chief  town  is  Amherst,  on  the 
Gulf  of  Martaban. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


93 


Q.  What  is  Malacca  ? 

A  Malacca  is  a  large  peninsula,  and  is  divided  into  the 
two  kingdoms  of  Patani  and  Yahor.  The  chief  cities  are 
Malacca  and  Queda.  The  former  contains  about  twelve 
thousand  inhabitants. 

Q.  Describe  the  inhabitants  ? 

A.  The  Malays  are,  in  general,  of  small  stature,  but 
well  ma^e,  with  a  tawny  complexion,  and  long  black  shinin? 
hair.  These  people  are  classed  among  the  principal  mer- 
chants of  the  East,  and  their  colonies  and  commerce  are 
widely  spread  all  over  the  Indian  seas.  The  Malavs  are 
deemed  the  most  treacherous  and  most  ferocious  people  on 
the  globe.  ^ 


CHAPTER  LYIII. 

T/ie  Empire  of  Anam  or  Cochin  China. 

Q.  Describe  the  Empire  of  Anam  ? 
.  ^-  J^^  Empire  of  Anam  is  bfit  of  recent  date,  and  con- 
gists  of  Cochin  China  Proper,  Cambodia,  Laos  and  Tonquin 
For  Its  size,  it  is  one  of  the  finest  countries  in  the  East* 
having  a  population  of  about  nine  millions,  and  possessing 
a  fruitful  soil  and  a  mild  and  salubrious  climate. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  productions  ? 

A.  They  are  very  numerous,  and  its  fruits  are  of  the 
finest  quality  and  most  exquisite  flavor;  their  elephants  are 
esteemed  the  largest  and  swiftest  in  the  world. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  of  Anam  ? 

A.  The  chief  cities  are  Hue,  the  capital  of  Ccchin  China, 
Kesho  in  Tonquin,  and  Saigon  -in  Cambodia. 


CHAPTER  LIX. 

Of  Persia. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Persia  ? 

A.  Persia  is  a  large  country,  containing  about  ten  mil- 


94 


CATECHISM    OF 


lions  of  inhabitants.     Its  chief  cities  are  Teheran,  the  capi- 
tal, and   Ispahan,  formerly  the   capital.     Bushire  is  the 

chief  sea  port.  ,  .     .  . 

Q.  What  other  remarkable  cities  in  Persia  i 
A.  Casbin,  Tabreez,  or  Tauris  and  Shiraz. 
Q.  For  what  are  these  towns  famous  ]  ,         .  .  , 

A  Casbin  is  noted  as  the  mart  for  almonds,  raisins  and 
melons;  Tauris,  once  the  second  city  in  Persia,  is  noted  for 
its  mosques  and  caravansaries,  and  was  also  famous  for  its 
great  trade  in  cotton,  cloth,  silks,  and  gold  and  silver  bro- 
cades: it  is  now  much  decayed.  Shiraz  is  famous  for  its 
wines,  and  is  the  favorite  residence  of  the  literati. 

Q.  How  is  Persia  situated  '*  ^      .       n  j         4.    # 

A    It  is  bounded  north  by  the  Caspian  Sea  and  part  of 

Tartary  east  by  Afghanistan  and  Beloochistan ;  west  by 

Asiatic  Turkey;  and  south  by  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the 

Straits  of  Ormuz. 

Q.  What  are  its  climate  and  soil  1 

A  It  is  said  that  no  country  in  the  world  has  greater 
variety  of  climate  and  soil,  being  extremely  mountainous, 
barren  and  cold  in  the  northern  parts;  in  the  middle,  very 
mild  and  sandy,  but  enjoying  a  temperate  air;  and,  m  the 
south,  extremely  level  and  fertile,  though  for  several  months 
the  heat  is  excessive. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Persians  ? 

A.  They  are  very  luxurious,  polite  and  hospitable,  pos- 
sess much  good  sense  and  ability,  are  honest  in  their  deal- 
ings, but  passionate  and  revengeful. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  Persia  1 

A.  Corn,  wine,  oil,  great  abundance  of  oranges,  dates, 
melons,  grapes  and  nuts;  also,  senna,  rhubarb  and  various 
other  drugs;  and  it  is  famous  for  silks. 

Q.  How  do  the  Persians  write '?  x,     ■,  ft. 

A.  The  Persians  write  from  the  right  hand  to  the  lett, 
and  as  no  printing  is  allowed,  a  great  number  of  people 
are  constantly  employed  in  writing,  an  art  in  which  they 

excel. 

Q.  What  is  their  religion  ? 

A.  The  greater  part  of  the  Persians  are  Mahometans, 
with  some  idolaters,  who  worship  the  sun,  fire,  etc 


GEOGRAPHY. 


05 


^f  Afghanistan  and  Bdoochistan. 


Q.  How  are  these  countries  bounded  % 

A.  North  by  independeut  Tartary;  west  by  Persia- 
Bouth  by  the.  Gulf  of  Oman  and  the  Arabian  Sea;  east 
by  Hindostan. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Afghanistan  ? 

A.  Few  countries  are  so  diversified  with  mountains 
valleys  and  deserts  as  Afghanistan.  It  has  almost  every 
variety  of  climate  and  soil. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  its  inhabitants  ? 

A.  The  Afghans  are  a  brave,  warlike  and  hardy  people 
but  the  arts  and  sciences  are  in  a  backward  state.  ' 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  cities  ? 

A.  Cabul,  the  capital,  Peshawer,  Candahar  and  Herat. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  Beloochistan  % 

A.  Beloochistan,  situated  on  the  east  of  Persia,  and  south 
of  Afghanistan,  is  generally  mountainous  and  barren,  but 
it  is  little  known  to  Europeans. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  its  inhabitants  % 

A.  The  Beloochees  are  a  fierce  and  predatory  people, 
who  subsist  by  robbery  and  plunder.  Kelat  is  the  capital 
or  residence  of  the  principal  Khan  or  chief.  The  population 
of  these  two  countries  is  about  seven  millions  and  a  half 


CHAPTER  LX. 

Of  Independent  Tartary. 

Q.  How  is  Independent  Tartary  bounded  % 

A.  It  is  bounded  north  by  Asiatic  Russia;  west  by  the 
River  Ural  and  the  Caspian  Sea;  south  by  Persia  and 
Afghanistan;  east  by  Chinese  Tartary. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Tartars  ? 

A.  The  generality  of  the  Tartars  are  wanderers,  like 
their  ancestors  the  Scythians,  and  are  celebrated  as  a  hardy 
race,  who  live  in  tents  and  lead  a  roving  life,  and  with  their 
families,  their  cattle,  and  all  they  possess,  wander  about  in 
the  temperate  parts  and  vast  solitudes  of  the  Asiatic  conti- 


96 


CATECHISM   OF 


nent,  from  the  confines  of  Europe  to  the  great  Pacific  Ocean. 
On  meeting  with  a  fertile  and  pleasant  situation,  they  pitch 
their  tents,  and  continue  in  the  place  till  the  grass  is  con- 
sumed, when  they  again  set  forward  in  scorch  of  another 
inviting  spot. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  cities  of  Tartary  ? 

A.  Bokhara,  its  capital,  and  Samarcand.  The  popula- 
tion of  Tartary  is  about  six  millions  and  a  half. 


CHAPTER  LXI. 

Of  Arabia. 

Q.  How  is  Arabia  bounded '? 

A.  It  is  bounded  north  by  Syria  and  the  River  Euphra- 
tes; west  by  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Isthmus  of  Suez;  south 
by  the  Indian  Ocean;  east  by  the  Gulf  of  Oman  and  the 
Persian  Gulf.  It  contains  about  nine  millions  of  inhabi- 
tants. 

Q.  What  is  the  general  character  of  the  Arabians  ? 

A.  The  Arabs  generally  live  under  tents;  the  greater 
part  are  wandering  tribes,  like  the  Tartars,  committing 
depredations  and  robberies  wherever  they  go. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  productions  of  Arabia  ? 

A.  The  most  valuable  productions  are  horses,  camels, 
gum  and  coffee.  The  horses  are  said  to  be  the  best  in  the 
world. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  towns  ? 

A.  Mecca,  where  Mahomet,  the  founder  of  the  Maho- 
metan religion,  was  born,  A.D.  570;  Medina,  where  he 
was  buried,  and  Mocha  the  principal  seaport,  which  is  cele- 
brated for  its  excellent  coffee. 


CHAPTER  LXII. 

Of  Japan. 

Q.  What  kind  of  country  is  .Tapan  I 

A.  Japan  is  a  very  large  country,  situated  east  of  Asia, 


GEOGBAPHT. 


97 


ot\u«J^}^fr  r^""'  '=o"}P°'^<i  of  "  great  number 
Niphon  '""■'"''-   *'"  P"""^"''  °f  "''''=!'  « 

Q.  For  what  is  Japan  remarkable  '^ 

A,  This  empii-e  trades  only  with  the  Chinese  and  the 
Dutch  and  prohibits  all  other  foreign  intercourse  with  them 
under  he  penalty  of  death.  .The  Dutch  are  not  allowed 
to  send  more  than  one  ship  annually. 

Q.  What  is  the  general  character  of  its  inhabitants  i 

mpmnrt   ifr.1   "''^"'''"^  ingenious,  and  possess 'a  good 
memory,  but  their  manners  are  exactly  opposite  to  ours 
Our  common  dnnks  are  cold,  theirs  a/e  hot;  we  uncover 
the  head  out  of  respect,  and  they  the  feet;  w'e  are  fond  of 

tt  m'1^;'"^^^' i'^  '^  ^^?^^'  '''  ^''  «"  horseback  on 
the  left  siae,  auci  they  on  the  right;  and  they  have  a  lan- 
guage so  peculiar,  tiiat  it  is  not  to  be  understood  by  any 

n  '  ufw"-  J^'  Government  is  a  pure  despotism  ^ 

(4-  What  is  the  population  of  Japan  ? 

A.  Thirty  millions. 

Q.  What  are  ita  chief  cities  ? 

A.  Jeddo,  the  capital,  Miaco  and  Nangasaki. 


CHAPTER  LXIII. 

Of  Africa. 

Q.  What  is  Africa  ? 

A.  Africa  is  one  of  the  grand  divisions  of  the  world  and 
is  bounded  north  by  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ;  west  by  the 
Atlantic  Ocean;  south  by  the  Southern  or  Antarctic  Oc6an- 
and  east  by  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Isthmus  of  Suez.  ' 

Q.  What  are  its  climate  and  soil  ? 

A.  The  greatest  part  of  Africa  lying  under  the  ton-id 
zone,  the  heat  is  almost  insupportable  in  many  places. 
However,  the  coasts,  in  general,  are  very  fertile,  the  fruits 
excellent,  and  the  plants  extraordinary. 

Q.  Are  there  not  several  deserts  in  Africa  1 

A.  Yes;  many  of  them  are  almost  without  water  and 


98 


CATECHISM   OF 


their  sandr;  are  so  loose  that,  by  means  of  a  strong  wind, 
they  will  f  ometiraes  bnry  whole  caravans  at  a  time. 

Q.  What  are  its  productions  1 

A.  Its  productions  are  gold,  fruits,  gum,  etc.,  camels,  ele- 
phants, and  all  sorts  of  wild  beasts. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  ? 

A.  The  Nile  and  the  Niger,  ■  which  annually  overflow 
their  banks  and  fertilize  the  adjacent  countries;  the  Gam- 
bia, the  Zaire,  the  Senegal,  the  Orange  and  the  Zambezi. 

Q.  How  is  Africa  divided  1 

A.  Africa  is  divided  into  the  following  general  parts, 
viz:  Barbary,  Egypt,  Nubia  and  Abyssinia,  Central, 
Western,  Southern  and  Eastern  Africa. 

Q.  What  are  the  chief  towns  in  Africa "? 

A.  Morocco,  Algiers,  Tunis,  Tripoli,  Cape  Town,  Mo- 
zambique, Cairo,  Alexandria  and  Timbuctoo, 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  islands  of  Africa? 

A.  The  Madeiras,  Canaries,  Cape  Verde  Isles,  Fernando 
Po,  St.  Thomas,  Ascension,  St.  Helena,  Madagascar,  Co- 
moro Isles  and  Mauritius  or  the  Isle   of  France. 

Q.  What  mountains  in  Africa  1 

A.  Mount  Atlas,  Kong  Mountains,  Mountains  of  the 
Moon,  Cameroons,  Mountains  of  Lupata,  the  Abyssinian 
Mountains  and  the  Peak  of  Teneriffe  (Canaries.) 


CHAPTER  LXIY. 


Of  Barbary. 

Q.  What  is  the  situation  of  the  Barbary  States,  and  how  are 
they  divided '? 

A.  The  Barbary  States  are  situated  between  the  Medi- 
terranean Sea  on  the  north,  and  the  Desert  of  Sahara  on 
the  south;  and  are  divided  into  five  states,  namely,  Mo- 
rocco, Algiers,  Tunis,  Tripoli  and  Barca. 

Q.  What  are  the  climate,  soil,  and  productions? 

A.  The  climate  of  Barbary  is  temperate  and  pleasant: 
the  soil  is  fertile,  but  miserably  cultivated,  and  the  chief 


GEOGRAPHY. 


99 


productions  arc  oil,  wine,  fruit,  sugar,  cotton  and  most 
kinds  of  grain. 

Q.  What  is  Biledulgorid  1 

A.  Biledulgerid  is  that  portion  of  the  Barbary  states 
situated  between  the  Atlas  Mountains  and  the  Desert.  It 
produces  little  except  dates,  but  these  grow  in  great  abun- 
dance.    Hence  its  name,  which  signifies  the  land  of  dates. 

Q.  What  are  tho  chief  cities  of  the  Barbary  states  1 

A.  Morocco,  Fez,  Algiers,  Tunis,  Tripoli  and  Derne. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  these  states  ? 

A.  Six  hundred  and  fifty-eight  thousand. 


CHAPTER  LXV. 

Of  Egypt,  NwUa  and  Abyssinia. 

Q.  How  is  Egypt  situated  ? 

A.  Egypt  is  bounded  north  by  the  Mediterranean;  east 
by  the  Red  Sea;  south  by  Is^'ubia,  and  west  by  Barca  and 
the  Libyan  Desert. 

Q.  How  is  Egypt  divided  ? 

A.  Egypt  is  divided  into  two  great  piirts,  called  the 
Upper  and  Lower.  Upper  Egypt  is  the  southern  part, 
and  Lower  Egypt  the  northern. 

Q.  Which  are  the  chief  towns  in  Egypt  ? 

A.  Grand  Cairo  and  Alexandria;  the  latter  of  which 
was  built  by  Alexander  the  Great,  331  years  B.C.,  and  was 
for  a  long  time,  the  seat  of  learning,  commerce  and  magni- 
ficence. 

Q.  Describe  the  soil  and  climate  of  Egypt  ? 

A.  Tiie  climate  of  Eg^'pt  is  hot  and  unwholesome;  but 
the  soil  is  exceedingly  fruitful,  owing  to  the  overflowing  of 
the  ;Nile,  which  leaves  a  fattening  manure  behind. 

Q.  For  what  is  Egypt  remarkable  1 

A.  For  its  pyramids,  which  are  stupendous  fabrics  that 
have  stood  several  thousand  years. 

Q,  To  whom  dues  Egypt  belong  1 

A.  Egypt  is  a  part  of  the  Turkish  Empire,  and  the  Sul- 
tan is  its  nominal  sovereign,  and  receives  tribute;  but  by 


100 


CATECHISM    OF 


treaty  tlic  fnmily  of  the  late  Mehomot  Ali  are  inTestcd  with 
it  as  a  ruchalic,  with  authority  nearly  amounting  to  inde- 
pendence. 

Q.  What  is  the  population  of  Kgypt  •       .         ^      ,,  , 

A.  Two  million  eight  hundred  and  nmcty-five  thousand 

five  hundred.  ..     i-     x        i     '^  i 

Q    How  is  Nubia  situated,  and  what  are  its  chmato  and  soil  f 
A    Nubia  is  situated  to  the  south  of  Egypt,  and  consists 
of  several  small  states.     The  climate  is  very  warm  but 
Lreuerally   healthy.     The   soil  on  the   banks  of  the   rsile 
IS   rich   and  fertile,   but  in   other   parts  it  is  'sandy  and 

rocky. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  its  inhabitants  ? 

A.  The  Nubians  are  a  rude,  lawless  and  ferocious  people. 

Q.  W^hat  is  its  population  1 

A.  Five  hundred  thousand. 

Q.  What  are  its  chief  cities  '? 

A.  They  are  Dongohi  and  Senaar. 

Q.  Where  is  Abyssinia,  and  what  are  its  climate  and  sod  J 

A.  Abyssinia  is  situated  to  the  south-east  of  Nubia. 
It  has  a  tine  climate  and  a  fertile  soil.  Among  its  vegeta- 
ble productions  is  the  papyrus,  so  celebrated  among  the 
ancients  as  the  original  material  of  paper.     Gondar  is  its 

capital. 

Q.  Describe  its  inhabitants  ? 

A.  The  Abyssinians  are  a  barbarous  and  brutal  people. 
They  delight  in  bloodshed  and  are  fond  of  eating  raw  flesh 
cut  from  the  living  animals. 

Q.  What  is  its  population  I 

A.  Three  millions. 


CHAPTER  LXVl. 

Of  Central  Africa. 

Q.  What  are  the  divisions  of  Central  Africa  ? 

A.  Central  Africa  is  divided  by  the  Mountains  of  tlitj 
Moon  into  Soudan  or  Negroland  on  the  north,  and  Ethiopia 
on  the  south.     Soudan  is  sub-divided  into  a  great  number 


GEOGRAPHY. 


101 


Of  small  kingdoms,  the  principal  of  which  arc  Bornou 
Houssa,   Mandara,    Begharmi,   liergoo,    Darfur    Yamba 
and  Bambarra.     Ethiopia  has  never  been  visited  by  white 
men,  ajd  scarcely  anything  is  known  respecting  it.  ^ 

A    o        ""nl  *^°  P""C»Pal  cities  of  Central  Africa^ 
1     li,^"^'  ,V"'^"''^°°'  ■'^<^"««'i'  where  the  celebrated  trav- 

Q.  VVhat  IS  the  character  of  the  inhabitants  of  Central  Africa 

of  Moor«  "^l^^^^"".^^  ^r^  .f  ^^fly  ^^eg'-oes,  with  a  mixture 
ot  Moors  Ihe  various  tribes  differ  considerably  in  con- 
dition  and  character,  but  they  are,  in  general,  ext  emely 
Ignorant  and  degraded.  fe    ^  "'.  exuemeiy 


CHAPTER  LXVII. 

Of  Western  Africa. 

Q.  What  are  the  divisions  of  Western  Africa  ^ 

n' xJJTH^^  Senegambia,  Upper  and  Lower  Guinea. 
(ai.  VV  hat  IS  benegambia "? 

A.  Senegambia  is  the    name   given  to    the   countries 
watered  by  the  Senegal,  Gambia,  and  Rio  Grande     The 
principal  tribes  are  the  Foulahs,  Mandingoes  and  jaloffs 
1  here  are  some  European  settlements,  but  the  climate  is 
exceedingly  unhealthy  to  Europeans. 

Q.  How  is  Upper  Guinea  divided  1 

A.  Into  Sierra  Leone,  Liberia,  the  Grain  Coast,  the 
Ivory  Coast,  the  Gold  Coast,  the  Slave  Coast,  and  the 
Kingdoms  of  Ashantee,  Dahomey,  and  Benin.  The  chief 
towns  are  Freetown,  Monrovia,  Coomassie,  Abomey  Benin 
and  Cape  Coast  Cattle.  ' 

Q.  Hovr  is  Lower  Gninea  divided  ? 

A.  Into  five  kingdoms,  namely,  Congo,  Loango,  Angola 
Matamha  and  Benguela  ?  o  »       o      » 

Q.  What  are  the  capitals  ? 

A.  St.   Salvador,   Loango,  Loanda,  Santa  Maria  and 
Benguela. 
Q.  By  whom  is  the  trade  principally  possessed  ? 
A.  The  trade  of  Lower  Guinea  is  chiefly  engrossed  by 


102 


CATECHT5M    OP 


the  rortugucsc,  whose  principal  fort  is  Loanda,  called  by 
them  St  raul,  a  very  neat  and  handsome  city. 

Q.  Which  are  tho  principal  rivers  in  Western  Africa? 

A.  The  Senegal,  the  Gambia,  the  Rio  Grande,  the  Niger, 
the  Zaire  or  Congo,  and  the  Coanza, 


ti 


CHAPTER  LXYIII. 

Of  Southern  Africa. 

Q.  What  is  South  Africa  '.■ 

A.  It  comprises  tlie  countries  south  of  the  Tropic  of 
'Capricorn,  and  is  divided  into  Cape  Colony,  Caffraria,  and 
<  '^e  countries  of  the  Hottentots  and  Boshuanas. 

Q.  Describe  Cape  Colony  ? 

A.  The  Cape  Colony  belongs  to  Great  Britain,  and  is  the 
most  important  British  possession  in  Africa,  Cape  Town, 
the  capital,  is  handsomely  bnllt,  and  has  a  population  of 
twenty-five  thousand  ir.haijitants,  consisting  of  Dutch,  Eng- 
lish and  Hottentots.  Cape  Town  is  the  largest  European 
settlement  m  Africa,  and  it  is  the  place  where  vessels  stop 
for  fresh  supplies  going  to  and  from  the  East  Indies. 

Q.  Describe  tho  Caffres,  Hottentots  and  Boshuanas  1 

A.  The  Caffres  are  a  pastoral  people,  brave,  independent 
and  fierce.  They  have  recently  had  several  sanguinary 
conflicts  with  the  Brltisl^  tioops.  The  Hottentots  may  be 
regarded  as  the  most  ignorant,  stupid  and  filthy  of  the 
humau  species.  The  Boshuanas  are  not  so  vigorous  as  the 
Caffres,  but  more  industrious,  and  engage  in  agriculture. 

Of  Eastern  Africa. 

Q.  What  are  the  divisions  of  Eastern  Africa  '? 

A.  Mocaranga  or  Monometapa,  Sofala,  ^lo/ambique, 
Zanguebar,  Ajan,  Berbera  and  Add.  The  climate,  soil, 
productions  and  inhabitants  of  Eastern  Africa  strongly 
resemble  those  of  Western  Africa. 


lalled  by 
le  Niger, 


'ropic  of 
iria,  and 


[id  is  tlie 
)e  Town, 
[lation  of 
ch,  Eug- 
iluropeau 
;stils  stop 


^pendent 
iiguinary 
3  may  be 
ly  of  the 
us  as  the 
[ilture. 


GEOGRAPHY.  ^03 

CHAPTER  LXIX. 

Of  the  African  Islands. 

Q.  Describe  the  Canaries  ? 

A.  The  Canaries,  seven  in  number,  are  very  fruitful  in 
corn,  wme  and  fruits.      They  belong  to  Spafn    and  .^p 

celebrated  as  having  produced  the  caLy  bii^^^^^^^ 
^.  Describe  the  Azores  and  Madeira  1 

^A  The  Azores,  nine  in  number,  are  very  fertile  inH 
saubrious  Madeira  is  renowned  for  its  e7celTen  wLe 
Ttee  islands  and  the  Cape  de  Yerde  Isles  belong  to  Po?- 

Q.  Describe  St.  Helena  ? 

A  This  small  but  important  island  is  possessed  by  the 
English,  and  is  remarkable  for  being  the  place  where 
Bonaparte  was  imprisoned  and  died.  ^ 

Q.  What  u  Madagascar  ? 

A.  Madagascar,   in   the   Indian   Ocean,   is  one  of  thp 
largest  islands  in  the  world,  and  is  considered  very  fruitful 
It  is  supposed  to  contain  many  independent  states,  but  the 
interior  is  very  little  known.  ' 

Q.  Describe  the  isles  of  Bourboii  and  Mauritius  ^ 
A      hese  islands  are  in  high  cultivation,  rich  and  fruitful 

fhe  Fn!:if  h  "  '\'  T'T''''  ''  '^''     ^^-^'-'^^^  belongs  to 
the  English,  and  Bourbon  to  the  French. 


i 


ambiquc, 
ate,  soil, 
strongly 


CHAPTER  LXX. 

Of  Oceanica. 

Q.  Whot  is  meant  by  Oceanica  ' 

A.  Ocecnica  is  the  fifth  of  the  great  divisions  of  the « 
globe,  and  includes  Malaysia,  Australasia  and  Polynesia 


104 


CATECHISM    OP 


Malaysia  comprises  a  large  number  of  islands  lying  to  tbo 
south  and  east  of  India  beyond  the  Ganges,  having  the 
Indian  Ocean  on  the  west,  the  Chinese  Sea  on  the  north, 
and  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  south  and  east.  The  popula- 
tion is  estimated  at  thirty  millions. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  divisions  of  Malaysia  1 

A.  Sumatra,  Java,  Borneo,  Celebes,  the  Moluccas  or 
Spice  Islands,  and  the  Phillippine  Islands. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  remark  of  these  islands  ? 

A.  The  interior  of  all  the  great  islands  is  traversed  by 
ranges  of  lofty  mountains,  crowned  with  noble  forests, 
luxuriant  shrubs  and  aromatic  plants,  presenting  the  most 
beautiful  and  varied  scenery. 

Q.  What  is  the  nature  of  the  soil  and  its  productions  ? 

A.  The  soil  is  extremely  fertile,  yielding  rice,  sago  and 
the  finest  spices.  The  clove  is  indigenous  in  some  of  these 
islands  and  the  nutmeg  in  others.  The  diamond  is  found  in 
Borneo,  which  also  produces  gold  in  great  abundance. 
Banca,  near  Sumatra,"  contains  inexhaustible  mines  of  tin, 
and  Java  is  famous  for  its  excellent  coffee. 

Q.  Who  are  the  principal  inhabitants,  and  what  is  their 
character '? 

A.  The  principal  inhabitants  of  these  islands  are  the 
Malays,  an  ingenious  and  active,  but  a  fierce  and  turbulent 
race.     On  the  coast  they  are  much  addicted  to  piracy. 


CHAPTER  LXXI. 

Of  Australasia. 

Q.  What  is  comprised  under  the  head  of  Australasia  ? 

A..  Australia,  Van  Dieraan's  Land,  New  Zealand,  Papua 
or  New  Gnhiea,  New  Britain,  New  Ireland,  New  Hanover, 
Admiralty  Isles,  Solomon  Isles,  Queen  Cliarlotte  Islands, 
New  Hebrides  and  New  Caledonia.  The  population  is 
estimated  at  two  millions. 

Q.  What  have  you  to  say  of  Australia '? 

A.  Australia,  formerly  called  New  Holland,  is  the  largest 
island  in  the  world,  and  belongs  to  Great  Britain.     It  is 


I 


dividci 

Austn 

immen 

wool  a 

Q.  \ 

A.  t 

Q.  V 

A.  '1 

Alps,  t 

toria  ]VJ 

Q.  W 

A.  1 

Hunter 

Regent, 

Q.  W 

A.  Ii 

Austral 

belongs 

nearly  e 

are  Hob 

thousan( 

Q.  Wl 

A.  It 

lying  in 

sauth-eas 

the  Briti 

and  eighi 

natives. 

race  of  a 

like,  and. 

wheat,  Ii 

Q.  Whf 

^.  It  i 

interior  hi 

negroes  a 

traiia. 

Now  B] 
X(3w  Heb: 
in  the  sou' 
known  to 
savage  sta 


<;  to  tbo 

nng  the 

le  north, 

popula- 


iccas  or 


jised  by 

forests, 

the  most 

!ago  and 
of  these 
found  in 
undance. 
IS  of  tin, 

is  their 

are  the 
;urbulent 
acy. 


a? 

•],  Papua 

[I  a  never, 

Islands, 

latiou  is 


le  largest 
n.     It  is 


GEOGRAPHY.  ,q(. 

divided  into  New  RmiT.   tv  i       >t 

Australia.  WestlJS ,  S'TicSh'  -'o'lT''''/  "7^" 
immens*  quantities;  copper  coU  w  l=  V  '  "^P"'"' '" 
wool  ,u,d  tallow  are'tho'prindml  export         '''°  "^"""^ ' 

tona  Mountains^and  'the  IS^  ft"  ''"'='''  '''•-■• 
A    ThTnr  ""'„P»™!P="  rivers  of  Au  Mia  i 

«.  What  IS  Van  Dieman'a  Und  ^ 
A^laliafft^'it^^^^  th.  s    t,       ^  ^^ 

belongs  to  GrLlnL  ncfCtuie'd  tlfof'-^^ 
nearly  equal  in  extent  to  SouthX'ol  n.  T  ^^  .  ^^ '' 
are  Hobart-town  and  Launces  1  T  p  L  W^'"'-  ^'^'"' 
thousand.  "  ^'^uncesion.     1  he  population  is  eighty 

Q.  What  is  New  Zealand  '? 

slutl,- east  om  1„  tral  r"'Thtr  •  V™';"^  ^"'""''"^  ™"- 
tl'e  British  Empife  tL  ,,o™  Inti.'  •''"i'  "°"  "^''""S  '» 
and  eighteen  thousand  1    wSteVlled'tr  ''"",'""' 

wheat  Indian  corn,  ,a„,s,  .'{"t^^'al^d'S."  ""  '^™'"^" 

t^.  VV  hat  18  Papua  or  New  Guinea  ? 

vl    It  IS  believed  to  he  a  large  and  fertile  ishnri   hnf  +1. 
interior  has  never  yet  been  exDlorp.1      TJ  L  ;  i  v. • !    .   ^^^ 
neo-roes  and  nr^  co.vi  f^    ^^Pr?^^*-';     ^"e  inhabitants  aro 
tialia  '''''^^^'  *^"  Aborigines  of  A  us- 

'^I^U^^'i!^^^''  Solomon's  Archipelago,  the 

n.  tiie^outh?:;^^;;;^'SSir'^  ^t^;^^;: 

Xstatf  ^•^^^^"^^'  ^"^  ^^^  inhabitanf^Jre^^hS'i  r 


XOfS 


CATECHI3M    OF   GEOGRAPHY. 


CHAPTER  LXXII. 


I 


Of  Polynesia. 

Q.  What  does  Polynesia  comprise  1 

A.  It  camprises  a  vast  multitude  of  small  islands  -scat- 
tered over  the  Pacific  Ocean,  between  Malaysia,  Australasia 
and  South  America.  Their  supposed  aggregate  population 
is  one  million  five  hundred  thousand. 

Q.  What  are  the  principal  groups  1 

A.  The  Pelew  Islands,  the  Ladrone  or  Marion  Islands, 
the  Carolines,  the  Navigator's  Islands,  the  Friendly  Islands, 
the  Fejee  Islands^  Cook's  Islands,  Austral  Isles,  Society 
Islands,  Low  Archipelago,  the  Marquesas  and  Sandwich 

Islands. 

Q.  What  is  to  be  remarked  of  the  islands  in  general  ? 

A.  Many  of  the  islands  of  Polynesia  seem  to  have  been 
raised  from  the  ocean  by  the  labors  of  the  coral  insect,  and 
scarcely  appear  above  the  surface  of  the  water;  others  are 
hilly  and  even  mountainous,  and  are  evidently  of  volcanic 

origin. 

Q.  What  is  the  climate,  and  what  the  productions  of  these 
islands  1 

A.  Although  lying  within  the  tropics,  the  climate  is 
remarkably  mild  and  salubrious.  Among  the  productions 
are  the  bread-fruit,  cocoa,  plantain;  most  of  the  tropical 
fruits  are  found  in  abundance.  The  waters  abound  in  the 
finest  fish,  and  the  forests  are  full  of  beautiful  birds. 

Q.  What  is  the  character  of  the  inhabitants  1 

A.  Some  of  the  tribes  are  fierce  and  warlike,  others 
mild  and  gentle,  but  none  of  them  seem  to  have  the  slightest 
conception  of  morality.  It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  the 
Sandwich  and  Society  Islands,  which  have  been  the  most 
subjected  to  European  influence,  are  more  corrupt  and 
degraded  than  any  of  the  others. 


GKOGRAPHT. 


lOT 


Qds  -scat- 
istralasia 
jpulation 


Islands, 
J  Islands, 

Society 
Sandwich 

n 

lave  been 

sect,  and 

ithers  are 

volcanic 

s  of  these 

limate  is 
oductions 
5  tropical 
nd  in  the 
Is. 

:e,  others 

i  slightest 

that  the 

the  most 

Tupt  and 


THE  TERRESTRIAL  GLOBE. 

Pboblem  l.^To  find  th  latitude  and  longitude  of  a  given 

place. 

Rule.—Brmg  the  given  place  to  the  brass  meridian 
the  degree  over  the  place  is  the  latitude  ;  and  the  degree 
of  the  equator  cut  by  the  meridian,  is  the  longitude. 

Euf^T."*'"  ^"  ^^^  *^®  ^^*^*^^''  ^^^  longitudes  of  the  capitals  of 

2.  Find  all  the  places  which  have  no  latitude 

3.  Find  all  the  places  which  have  no  longitude. 

4.  iind  that  place  which  has  neither  lat.  nor  Ion* 

5.  Find  those  places  which  have  the  greatest  lat.W  long. 

Problem  U.— Given  the  latitude  and  longitude  of  a  :place,  to 
find  that  place  on  thz  globe. 

Rule.—iivmiy  the  given  long,  to  the  brass  meridian  •  the 
point  under  the  given  lat.  will  be  the  place. 

Exercise  1.  Find  the  chief  towns  of  Asia. 
^2.  Find  two  places  whose  distance  asunder  is  identical  with  their 

Answer.    Any  two  places  upon  the  same  meridian. 
?•  9^  ^^^*  Sreat  circle  are  those  places  situated  whose  distance 
And  difference  of  long,  are  equal  to  one  another  ? 
Ans.    On  the  equator 

4.  Find  two  places  whose  difference  of  lat.  is  equal  to  their  dif- 
ference  of  long. 

Ans,  One  place  in  lat.  0%  long.  10'  E.,  the  other  in  lat.  10*  N. 
or  S.,  long.  20°  E.,  or  any  other  places  similarly  situated. 

5.  Find  all  those  places  which  have  the  same  lat.  as  any  eiven 
place.  "^  ^ 

6.  Find  all  places  having  the  same  long,  as  any  given  place. 

Problem  III. —  To  find  how  many  miles  make  a  degree  of 
long,  in  any  given  parallel  .^  lat. 

Rule.— In  the  given  lat.  lay  the  quadrant  of  altitude 
parallel  to  the  equator,  between  any  two  meridians  which 
differ  in  long.  16°;  the  number  of  degrees  intercepted 


108 


CATECHISM    OF 


I 


I 


between  them,  multiplied  by  4,  will  give  the  length  of  a 
degree  i-n  geographical  miles. 

Or,  if,  as  on  Gary's  globes,  the  meridians  differ  10°,  mul- 
tiply the  number  of  degrees  contained  between  them  by  6, 
and  the  product  is  tho  length  of  a  degree  in  geographical 
miles. 

Or,  take  the  distance  between  two  meridians  which  differ 
n  longitude  as  above,  with  a  thread  or  a  pair  of  compasses, 
apply  it  to  the  equator,  and  it  will  give  the  number  of  de- 
grees, with  which  proceed  as  in  the  former  rule. 

Observation. — Suppose  15°  in  the  given  lat.  are  equal  to  Hi*  of 
the  quadrant  of  alt.,  then  15°  :  11$°  ::  1°  or  60m  ;  46m;  ©i 
15°  :60m  ::  11^°  :  46  miles;  but  15  :  60  ::  1:4;  therefore, 
1:4::  14^  :  46  geographical,  or  53  English  miles. 

Exercise  1.  Find  how  many  miles  make  a  degree  in  the  Int.  of 
Rome. 

2.  Find  in  what  lat.  a  degree  is  40  miles. 

Jlns.     Where  15°  of  long,  are  equal  to  10°  of  the  quadrant  of  alt. 

3.  Find  the  circumference  of  the  arctic  circle  and  tropic  of 
Cancer,  the  equator  being  21,600  geographical  miles. 

^ns.    Arctic  circle,  8,613  miles ;  tropic  of  Cancer,  19,807. 

Problem  IY. —  To  find  at  what  rate,  jper  hour,  the  inhabitants 
of  anyplace  are  carried  round  by  the  revolution  of  the  earth 
on  its  axis. 


Rule. — Find  how  many  miles  make  a  degree  of  long,  ia 
the  lat.  of  the  given  place,  which  number  multiplied  by  15, 
will  be  the  answer. 

Exercise  1.  At  what  rate,  per  hour,  is  London  carried  round  by 
the  earth's  revolution  on  its  axis  ? 

2.  What  places  are  carried  quickest  round  from  W.  to  E.  ? 
Ans.     All  places  on  the  equator. 

3.  Where  is  the  centrifugal  force  greatest .' 
Ans.     At  the  equator. 

4.  Which  are  the  places  not  affected  by  the  diurnal  motion- 
Ans.    The  poles. 

Problem  Y. —  The  hour  of  the  day  at  one  place  being  givtfiy 
to  find  what  hour  it  is  at  any  other  place. 

Rule. — Bring  the  place  where  the  time  is  given  to  the 
brass  meridian  ;  set  the  index  of  the  hour-circle  to  12  ;  tura 


degree 


GEOGRAPHY. 


109 


gth  of  a 

10°,  mul- 
em  by  6, 
graphical 

lich  differ 
)mpasses, 
er  of  de- 


tolU'of 

46ni  ;     01 
therefore, 

lie  Int.  of 


ant  of  alt, 
tropic  of 

!07. 

habitants 
the  earth 


long,  ia 
d  by  15, 

round  by 

E.  ? 


lOB. 

ig  givefiy 

n  to  the 
12  ;  turn 


the  globe  till  the  other  place  comes  to  the  meridian  •  the 
hours  passed  over  will  be  the  difference  of  time  between 
both  places. 

is  ftZ" Gorki  ^^^'"^ ''''  ^^  '^'^''^'  ^•^^•'*  ^^  ^°^^°^'  ^^*t  o'clock 
Jlns.     26  minutes  past  9. 

PMiaJIlpMa  ? '"  ^  "'"^""^'  ^^^"  ^°  ^1«^^^^"-'  ^^^'  ^our  is  it  in 
Jlns.     67  minutes  past  6,  A.M. 

3    AVhen  it  is  noon  in  London,  where  is  it  at  2  o'clock,  P  M  ' 
^m.     AH  places  in  80'  of  east  long.  " 

^;  How  many  degrees  of  long,  cause  a  difference  of  12  hours  ■» 
»dns.     180.  v"Ao. 

6.  How  is  one  day  lost  in  the  reckoning  by  sailing  west  round 
the  globe,  and  one  day  gained  by  sailing  east  round  it ' 

So/wfiow.— Suppose  B.  left  London  at  6  o'clock,  A.M.,  and  found 

himself  in  long.  15°  W.  at  6  A.M.  the  following  day,  he  reckons  £ 

a  day,  though  25  hours ;  should  he  travel  fs"  more  in  the  same 

time,  and  in  the  same  direction,  he  counts  this  also  a  day  and 

thus,  m  losing  one  hour  in  every  15%  he  loses  one  davf  or  he 

reckons  one  day  less  in  traveling  W.  round   the  globe.    In  eoinjr 

f  •  5"°^"^  *^^®  g^o^^'  ^^3  reckoning  increases,  at  the  rate  of  one  hour 
to  15   or  one  day  to  360°. 

Problem  VI. —  To  find  the  Antaci,  Pena:cij  and  Antipodes 
to  the  inhabitants  of  any  place. 

Rule. — In  the  opposite  hemisphere,  on  the  same  meridian 
and   under   the   same   degree  of  lat.,   you  will  find  the 
Antopci. 

Bring  the  place  to  the  meridian,  turn  the  globe  half 
round,  and  under  the  lat.  of  the  given  place  you  will  find 
the  Pe7'ia:ci. 

Bring  the  place  to  the  brass  meridian,  turn  the  globe 
half  round,  and  in  the  opposite  hemisphere,  under  the  same 
degree  of  lat.  with  the  given  place,  you  will  find  the 
Antipodes. 

Or,  place  the  poles  in  the  horizon,  and  bring  the  given 
place  to  the  eastern  part  of  the  horizon  :  the  same  number 
of  degrees  from  the  east  point  in  the  opposite  hemisphere, 
will  show  the  Antaci ;  where  the  parallel  of  the  place  cuts 
the  horizon,  on  the  west,  will  point  out  the  Periaci;  and 

•  A.M.,  Ante  Meridian— before  noon  ;  P.M.,  Post  Mer.dian— after  noon 


no 


CATECHISM   OF 


the  parallel  of  the  Antceci  will  show  the  Antipodes  In  the 
opposite  quadrant,  on  the  west  point  of  the  horizon. 

Or,  elevate  the  pole  to  the  complement  of  the  lat.  ;  bring 
the  place  to  the  meridian  :  the  Periced  will  be  at  the 
horizon.  Keep  the  globe  from  revolving,  and  depress 
the  pole  till  the  place  is  at  the  horizon,  then  the  Ajiii- 
jfodes  will  be  at  the  opposite  point  of  the  horizon. 

Exercise  1.  Required  the  antoeci,  perioeci,  and  antipodes  to  the 
inhabitants  of  Bermuda. 

Jlns.  The  antoeci  are  in  Paraguay ;  the  perioeci,  in  China ;  and 
the  antipodes,  in  New  Holland. 

2.  Required  the  antoeci,  perioeci,  and  antipodes  to  those  who  live 
on  the  equator. 

Jlns.  They  have  no  antoeci;  and  their  perioeci  are  also  their 
antipodes. 

3.  Who  are  they  who  have  no  perioeci  ? 

Jim.  The  inhabitants  of  the  poles — if  there  be  any  ;  but  their 
antoeci  and  antipodes  are  identical. 

4.  Who  are  they  who  have  no  antipodes  ? 

Ans.    If  the  whole  earth  were  inhabited,  there  could  be  none. 


Problem  VII. —  To  find  the  sunh  longitude  {called  the 
sun^s  place  in  the  ecliptic)  and  declination. 

Rule. — Find  the  given  day  in  the  circle  of  mouths  on  the 
horizon,  against  which,  in  the  circle  of  signs,  is  the  sun's 
place.  Find  the  same  sign  and  degree  in  the  ecliptic  ;  bring 
it  to  the  brass  meridian,  and  the  degree  above  it  is  the  sun's 
declination.  Or,  bring  the  analemma  or  declination  scale* 
to  the  meridian,  and  the  degree  exactly  over  the  given  day 
will  be  the  sun's  declination  ;  turn  the  globe,  and  mark 
those  two  points  of  the  ecliptic  which  correspond  to  the 
declination  :  one  of  them  is  the  sun's  place. 

Exercise  1.  What  sign  does  the  sun  enter  on  the  21st  of  March? 
Jlns.  Aries. 

2.  When  the  sun's  declination  is  greatest,  what  is  his  place  io 
tae  ecliptic  ? 

Jlns.     He  enters  Cancer  or  Capricorn. 

3.  Where  is  the  sun  when  his  long,  is  180°  ? 
Ans.    In  Libra 


GEOGRAPHY 


«  in  the 

fc.  ;  bring 

I   at  the 

depress 

he  A,nii- 


des  to  the 
lina;  and 
5  who  live 
ilso  their 

but  their 

I  none. 

illed  the 


s  on  the 
he  sun's 
3 ;  bring 
he  sun's 
on  scale* 
ven  day 
d  mark 
to  the 


March  ? 
place  Id 


111 


Problem  YlU.-Tofind  where  the  mn  is  vertical  at  a  given 

nmr  on  any  given  day. 

RvU.-VM  the  declination  of  the  Ban  for  the  civei. 
day  and  marl£  it  on  the  brass  meridian  ;  then  brinf  Ihe 

nour-eircle  to  the  given  hour  ;  turn  the  elobe  until  thn 
mdex  points  to  noon  :  the  plice  directly  under  lie  d<^ 
chnation,  is  that  to  which  the  sun  is  vertLl  at  the  given 

•fins.     At  Madras. 

'^ns.     At  Barbadoes. 
given^day.''"  *^'''  ^^''''  *'  ^^''^  ^^^  ^'^^  ^^^1  b«  vertical  on  any 

givUtetThe^rrrlnnT"'^^'  ^^'^^"^  ^^^^  ^«  -^"-^  *«  - 
whte^'it  ;"ilf  bVV'rt^^^^^^  ^"  ^°^^P«^  °^  *^«  «"-  °««-«.  to  find 

andTh^  ^ir"^  ''^'''^  *v®  '^"  ^^^^  ^«  ^«r*^cal  at  the  given  hour 
pofnt  ^''  ""^^  ^'  ^^'^^^«  *^  ^^1  Pl^«««  ^itl^i^  70-  of  that 

wh%e^jremot?rvL^c\r'"'  ^  '"^^^  "^^p"  ^^pp-«'  *^  fi-^ 

8un?s've/ticli!^  ^'  vertical  to  the  antipodes  of  those  to  whom  the 

Problem  IX  —  71?  fmd  the  time  of  the  sun's  rising  and 
setting,  and  the  length  of  the  day  and  night,  at  a  given 
place,  not  in  the  frigid  zones.  * 

i^w/g.—EIevate  the  pole  to  the  sun's  declination  •  brinff 
the  given  place  to  the  meridian,  and  set  the  index'to  12  • 
turn  the  globe  till  it  comes  to  the  horizon  :  the  time  shown 
by  the  hour-circle  will  be  half  the  length  of  the  day  This 
taken  from  12  hours,  will  leave  half  the  length  of  the  night, 
men  screw  the  quadrant  of  altitndft  on  thp  bras°  merid'-n 
over  the  given  declination,  and  continue  the  revolution  of 
P  Iv  ^.  *'^  t^'^  P^^^^  coincides  with  18°  on  the  quadrant 
ot  altitude  below  the  horizon  :  then  the  n     ber  of  hours 


112 


CATECHISM   or 


passed  over  by  the  index  will  show  the  duration  of  twilight 
Or,  elevate  the  pole  to  the  latitude  of  the  place,  and  revolve 
the  sun's  place  as  above.* 

Exercise  1.  What  is  the  length  of  the  day  at  the  equator  ? 
Ans.     12  hours. 

2.  Where  is  the  longest  day  24  hours  ? 
Ans.    At  the  polar  circles. 

3.  What  is  the  length  of  the  longest  day  at  the  poles? 
Ans     Six  months. 

4.  A^  here  is  twilight  shortest  ? 
Ans.    At  the  equator. 

5.  Where  longest  ? 
Ans.    At  the  poles. 

6.  IIow  long  does  twilight  continue  at  the  poles  ? 

Am.  At  each  pole,  while  the  sun's  declination  in  the  opposite 
hemisphere  continues  less  than  18  degrees. 

7.  When  does  constant  day  begin  in  places  -within  the  frigid 
aones  ? 

Ans.  When  the  sun's  declination,  in  the  same  hemisphere,  be- 
comes equal  to  the  complement  of  the  latitude  of  the  place. 

8.  How  long  does  it  continue? 

Ans.  As  long  as  the  sun's  declination  continues  greater  than 
the  complement  of  the  latitude. 

9.  How  long  does  constant  night  continue  at  places  "within  the 
frigid  zones  ? 

Am.  As  long  as  the  sun's  declination  in  the  contrary  hemi- 
sphere continues  greater  than  the  complement  of  the  lat.  of  the 
place. 


Problem  X. —  To  find  the  suti's  meridional  altitude  at  any 
given  place,  at  any  time  of  the  year. 

Rule. — Elevate  the  pole  to  the  sun's  decliaation  ;  bring 
the  given  place  to  the  meridian  ;  and  the  number  of  degrees 
counted  the  nearest  way  to  the  horizon  will  be  the  sun's 
alt.     Or,  elevate  the  pole  to  the  lat.  of  the  place  ;  bring 

*  In  the  first  rule,  the  sun  is  supposed  to  be  at  rest  perpendicularly  over  the 
globe,  while  the  earth  revolves  on  its  axis  :  in  this  case,  the  proper  motion  of 
the  globe  is  from  west  to  east,  and  the  place  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  meridian 
in  the  morning,  and  on  the  east  side  in  the  afternoon.  But  in  the  second  rule, 
the  sun  is  supposed  to  move  round  the  earth  according  to  his  apparent  diurnal 
motion,  in  which  case  the  proper  motion  of  the  globe  is  from  east  to  west,  and 
the  sun  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  brass  meridian  in  the  morning,  and  on  the  west 
Bide  in  the  evening.  It  is  easy  to  show — by  adding  the  compliment  of  th« 
latitude  to  each — that  when  the  pole  is  elevated  equal  to  the  latitude  of  th« 
placOj  the  place  must  be  in  the  zenith,  or  90*  from  the  horizon 


GEOGRAPHY. 


113 


twilight 
I  revolve 


)r 


I  opposite 
he  frigid 
here,  be- 

a,ter  than 
ithin  the 

Yj  hemi- 

it.  of  the 


at  any 


;  bring 

degrees 

he  sun's 

;  bring 


y  over  the 
motion  of 
e  meridian 
icond  rule. 
!nt  diurnal 
I  west,  and 
n  the  west 
ent  of  thtt 
ide  of  th« 


the  sun  s  place,  or  the  day  of  the  month  on  the  analemma 
to  the  rnoridiam  ;  and  the  number  of  degrees  contained 
between  that  and  the  horizon  will  be  the  alt. 

Observation  If  thoUt.  and  declination  bo  both  north,  or  both 
south  the  meridional  alt.  will  be  equal  to  the  declination,  more  the 
complement  of  the  at.  If  one  bo  north  and  the  other  ^outh,  the 
co-Iat.,  less  the  declination,  will  be  equal  the  alt.  Any  two  of  these 
being  given,  the  third  may  easily  be  found. 
^^Exercise  1.  When  is  the  suns  meridional  alt.  equal  to  the  co- 

^ns.     The  21st  of  March  and  23rd  of  September. 
-:.  What  is  the  sun's  greatest  altitude  at  the  poles  ' 
A71S.    23°  28'.  '■ 

3.  What  is  the  sun's  least  meridional  alt.  at  the  equator  ' 
^tis.     G6°  32'. 

4.  What  is  the  difference  of  the  sun's  greatest  and  least  meri- 
dional altitudes,  at  any  place  within  the  temperate  zones ' 

Jins.    47*. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between  two  meridional  altitudes  of  the 
Bun,  taken  at  the  same  time,  and  in  the  same  long.  ? 

A71S.  It  is  equal  to  the  arc  of  the  meridian  intercepted  between 
the  places  of  observation. 

Observation.  As  the  meridional  alt.  of  the  sun  is  equal  to  the 
co-lat.,  more  or  less  the  declination,  the  difference  between  two 
altitudes  will  be  equal  to  the  difference  of  the  co-latitudes,  (the 
declination  being  a  common  quantity) ;  hence,  the  difference  of  the 
altitudes  will  be  equal  to  the  difference  of  the  latitudes. 

Exercise.  If  the  difference  between  two  altitudes,  taken  at  the 
same  time  and  in  the  same  long.,  be  1%  what  is  the  difference 
between  the  places  of  observation  ? 

Jlns.  1°;  and  if  this  degree  be  actually  measured,  and  multi- 
plied by  360,  the  product  will  be  the  circumference  of  the  earth ; 
hence  its  diameter,  surface,  and  magnitude  can  be  found.  With 
the  radius  of  the  earth,  and  the  sun  or  moon's  parallax,  their  dis- 
tance from  the  earth  can  be  found,  by  a  simple  case  of  right- 
angled  trigonometry.  With  this  distance,  and  the  angle  which 
the  sun's  diameter  subtends  from  the  earth,  the  magnitude  of  that 
luminary  can  also  be  found  by  plane  trigonometry ;  and,  by 
Kepler's  third  law  of  planetary  mttion,  the  distance,  periodical 
times,  etc.,  of  the  other  planets  may  be  found. 

Problem  XII. — To  find  the  sun^s  ampUiiLde,  at  a  given 

flace^  on  a  given  day. 

Ride. — Elevate  the  pole  to  the  lat.  of  the  place  ;  bring 
the  day  of  the  month  on  the  analemma,  or  the  sun's  place 

*  Co-lat.  means  complement  of  latitude,  or  what  the  lat.  wants  of  90°. 


114 


CATECHISM    OP 


in  the  ecliptic  to  the  liorizon  ;  the  arc  intercepted  between 
that  and  the  li  or  W.  point  of  the  horizon  will  be  the 
amplitude.  The  difference  between  the  true  amplltudo 
and  the  magnetic  amplitude  is  the  variation  of  the  compass. 

Exercise  1.  What  is  the  sun's  greatest  amplitude  in  London  ? 
Ans.    39°  48'. 

2.  When  lias  the  sun  no  amplitude  ? 

Ans.    Tlie  2Lst  of  March  and  23rd  of  September. 

3.  What  is  the  sun's  amplitude  in  Dublin  on  the  19th  of  April? 

Problem  Xll.—  Tn  find  the  sun's  azimuth  and  altitude,  t/ie 
day  and  hoiLr  being  given. 

Ride. — Elevate  the  pole  to  the  lat.  ;  screw  the  quadrant 
of  alt.  over  the  lat.  ;  find  the  sun's  place  in  the  ecliptic, 
bring  it  to  the  brass  meridian,  and  set  the  index  to  12  ; 
turn  the  globe  E.  as  many  hours  as  the  given  time  wants 
of  noon,  or  W.  as  many  hours  as  it  is  past  noon  ;  bring  the 
sun's  place  in  the  ecliptic,  or  the  day  of  the  month  on  the 
analemma,  to  coincide  with  the  graduated  edge  of  the 
quadrant,  and  the  number  of  degrees  on  the  quadrant  from 
the  horizon  to  the  sun's  place  will  give  the  altitude  ;  the 
number  of  degrees  intercepted  between  the  quadrant  and 
the  N.  or  S.  point  of  the  horizon,  will  be  the  azimuth. 

Observation.  In  places  within  the  torrid  zone,  whenever  the 
sun's  declination  exceeds  the  lat.  of  the  place,  and  both  are  N.  or 
both  S.,  the  sun  will  appear  twice  in  the  morning  and  twice  in  the 
evening  en  the  same  point  of  the  compass,  and  will  cause  the  shadow 
of  an  azimuth  dial  to  go  back  several  degrees;  but  this  phenomenon 
cannot  possibly  happen,  by  any  natural  cause,  except  in  the  tor. 
zone. 

Exercise  1.  What  is  the  sun's  alt.  and  azimuth  at  London  on    ' 
1st  of  May,  at  10  o'clock,  A.M..? 
Ans.     Alt.,  47°;  azimuth,  44°. 
2.  V/hen  is  the  sun's  azimuth  greatest  ? 
Ans.    At  sunrise  or  sunset. 
8.  When  least .' 
Ans.     At  noon  ;  it  la  tuen  0. 

4.  When  is  the  cu  -".w'it"  ''^  equal  to  the  azimuth? 
Ans.    At  the  rising  <M  setting  of  the  sun. 

azimuth  at  Antisrua 


Prodl 


Rid 
over  it 
cut  by 

Exer 
in  Ursa 
Ans. 

2.  Wl 
planet  ? 

Ans. 

{)oint  At 
ess  thai 

3.  Hoi 
planets  i 

Ans. 
be  found 


half-past  6  o'clock,  A.M.,  and  at  half- past  10,  A.M  ? 
Ans.    69"  from  the  N.  towards  the  E. 


21st  of  June,  at 


Problej 
the  mt 
on  the 

Ride.- 
meridian 
or  plane 

Exerci 

declinatio 

Ans.    I 

2.  Find 

ler  S. 

Ans.    i 

3.  Find 
91%  and  d 

PROI 

Rule  ~ 
of  the  ec 


OKOGRAPHT. 


between 
i  be  the 
mplitude 
compass. 

tidon  ? 


April  ? 
tude,  tfu 


uadrant 

ecliptic, 

to  12; 

e  wants 

ring  the 

on  the 

of  the 

,nt  from 

ie  ;  the 

mt  and 

h. 

ever  the 

ire  N.  or 
!e  in  tlie 
!  slinrlow 
lomenon 
le  tor. 

n  on    ', 


116 


June,  at 


THE  CELESTIAL  GLOBE. 

Problem  l.~Tofi,ul  th  right  ascension  or  declination  of  tU 

sun  or  a  star. 

ovetu  ■i7f]!''T  r '"  f ""  *"■  ''r  *°  ">^  °'«"^i'"'  =  tl'o  degree 

uf  r":M:/„'J'"''  "-^  "«•"  "»<=°°"''»  "-"l  declination  of  „  duih. 

^"wh/»'?''';r'"'""'''"'  '°''°!  declination,  03'. 
planel^    '  "  ""^  «™''='  "S"'  as^nsion  of  the  sun,  a  star,  or  » 

fO^TkJ:  i^^rlS'it°li:CTf  V^'  ^O"'"""'"!.  from  th, 
less  than  880  ^'°''°*  "  ""^  ''^  ■">?  "'""''er  of  degree. 

planeSJnd'"'  '''«'"  ''"=°""''°  '""'  OecHnation  of  the  moon  or 
b.tund  tmirephe'Ss""  '"'  ^''"^  °°  '"'  «1°^»-  '"^^  "»"' 

Problem  II.— m  „;„.;,<  «,„„„•„«  ««<;  declination  of  a  star 
tZ'giote!^        '  "'  """''  '""-"  ^"•"' '"  -^'"^  '■''  ^'"^ 

n,3?'''~-'^'j"^  *,'"'  S,'''^"  *'<'&'■'=«'  Of  "gl"'  ascension  to  the 

dec1in'a"j,''„'/'  ^^'""  """^  *""  ^°'^'  "^  "S"  «=»"«<"'  "-"l  62r  N. 
^ns.    b  in  Draco. 

16r  T'"'^  ^^'^  '*''''  ""^"'^  '''^''*  ascension  is  984%  and  declination 
Jins.    Sirius. 

91%  a^nd  l*;Unron'2?%"'  '"  ''^  ^'°'^'  '^^  ^'^^^^^  ^^^^--^  ^""« 

Problem  III.— To  find  the  lat.  and  long,  of  a  star. 

Ruh-~V\^QQ  the  end  of  the  quadrant  of  alt.  on  the  pole 
ot  the  ecliptic,  and  bring  the  graduated  edge  to  the  star  r 


jr 


i 


W-: 


i  I 


116 


CATECHISM    OF 


w 


the  degree  of  the  ecliptic 
and  the  number  of  degr 
star,  is  tha  lat. 

Or,  place  the  pole  of 
the  quadrant  of  alt.  over 
to  the  star  ;  as  the  eclipt 
the  horizon,  the  sign  and 
its  long.  ;  the  degree  on 
the  lat. 


cut  by  the  quadrant,  is  the  long.; 
ees  b(  yveen  the  ecliptic  and  the 

the  eciiptic  in  the  zenith  ;  screw 
it,  and  bring  the  graduated  edge 
ic,  in  this  position,  coincides  with 
degree  cut  by  the  quadrant,  show 
the  quadrant  cut  by  the  star,  is 


Exercise  1.  Required  the  lat.  and  long,  of  Aldtbararit  in 
Taurus. 

Am.     Lat.  5°  28'  S. ;  long.,  2  signs,  6*  53',  or  66°  53'. 

2.  Required  the  lat.  and  long,  of  Markab,  in  Pegasus,  and 
Altair,  in  the  Eagle. 


sfrcle 
If  th( 
below 
that  ( 

Exe 
Londoi 

Jlns 
meridi 

2.  \1 

3.  ^ 

4.  H 
sight  0 


PROBL 


Problem  IY. —  Tht  lat.  and  long,  of  the  moon,  a  star,  or  a, 
planet,  being  given,  to  find  its  jplace  on  the  globe. 

Rule. — Place  the  end  of  the  quadrant  on  the  pole  of  the 
ecliptic,  and  bring  the  graduated  edge  to  the  given  long. ; 
then  the  star,  or  the  moon,  or  planet's  place,  is  under  the 
given  lat. 

Exercise  1.  Find  the  star  whose  long,  is  6°  16',  and  lat.  12" 
36' N. 
Jlns.    y  in  Pegasus. 

2.  Which  are  the  stars  that  have  no  latitude? 
Ana.    Those  in  the  eclip.'ic. 

3.  What  is  that  point  which  has  neither  lat.,  long.,  right  ascen- 
sion, nor  declination .' 

Ans.    The  point  Aries. 


Problem  Y. —  The  time  and  jplace  being  given,  to  find  what 
stars  are  rising,  setting,  cuhdinating,  etc. 

Rule. — Elevate  the  pole  to  the  lat  ;  bring  the  sun's 
place  to  the  meridian  :  set  th.  index  of  the  hour-circle 
to  12  ;  turn  the  globe  as  many  hours  as  the  time  is  distant 
from  noon — E.,  if  the  given  hour  be  in  the  morning  ;  W., 
if  in  the  evening :  then  all  the  stars  on  the  eastern  semi- 


Rul 
place  t 
globe 
meridia 
shown 

Exen 
Cork,  on 

Arts. 
past  10, 
January 
2.  On 
setting,  1 

Ans. 

Sirius  at 

by  the  W 

may  be  i 

marking 

you  find  1 

3.  Fine 

cally,  at 

Ans.    ' 

horizon,  X 

is  the  suii 

is  brough 

ecliptic  ci 

Bets  cosmi 

Bets  cosmi 


le  long.; 
and  the 


;  screw 
ed  edge 
ies  with 
it,  show 
I  star,  is 


xraHt  m 


sus,  and 


%r,  or  a 


e  of  the 
n  long.; 
der  the 

lat.  12' 


t  ascen- 


d  what 


e  sun's 
r-c.ircle 
distant 

u  semi- 


GEOGRAPHY. 


m 


below  the  horizon,  never  set  aft""         <     "' ''"  ""'  «" 
that  do  not  eome  'aboS  itilt:  neTert"4"'  '""' 

S   wtl  ',  " :?"  ""'  '^'  'n  ">e  lat.  of  Dublin  ' 
4'  How  f.^ir  '*"  ™'  "'<'  '"  'l-^  i-'liabiran,  "f  Cork  ' 
sigU^fTfeh'p^rr ''""'■  ="""'-«'  ^™-  London,  to  loa. 


Pkoblem  VI.- r«  /«^  „^„         ^, 


CoS!:ftte'2Ut7at?r™'  ""'  ®""'  "->  ™"»-="e.  »nd  a»t,  at 

W,  'li'lZt.^lZ-io'l  Z  t:  ""'">■'  »*  ^^"""'■'- 
January.  quarter  to  d,  on  the  morning  of  the  22nd  of 

setLg?af  Lontr^"  '^""^  ^^^^  «^--'-^^^'  t^^t  is,  rise  at  sun- 

SiduTatTh'^^.Syotth^:  tviiftt  ''\t  ^^^^-'  -^ 

by  the  W.  edge  will  be  the  sun^i^Sa    f    ^'?u  "^^^  *^^  ««^'P^i«  cut 
may  be  found:   by  bringin"  the  s?!;  ITTv.  *^'  ^""^  '^  *^^«  "^««th 

is  brought  to  the  western  edlrrnfff  «f  ^^^^^iiy-     When  the  star 
ecliptic  cut  by    heTastern  e^^^^^^  horizon   the  degree  of  the 

Bets  cosmically.    rS  rTsef  c^s'r^l   f  '""  t  ^\T'  ^^^^  ^^e  star 
eetscosmically^ati^etdofNo:^^^^^^^^^         '''  '^''  ^' J"^>''  ^^^ 


118 


CATECHISM    OF   GEOGRAPHY. 


4.  To  find  the  time  of  the  year  when  any  given  star  rises  or 
sets  heliacally,  that  is,  when  it  first  becomes  visible  in  the  morn- 
ing, after  having  been  so  near  the  sun  as  to  be  hid  by  his  rays,  or 
becomes  invisible  in  the  evening,  on  account  of  its  nearness  to  the 
iun;  in  the  former  case,  it  is  said  to  rise,  and  in  the  latter,  to 
set  heliacally. 

Observation.  A  star  of  the  first  magnitude  is  seen  rising  or 
setting  when  the  sun  is  12°  below  the  horizon  ;  a  star  of  the  second 
magnitude,  when  the  sun  is  13°  belo\\  it ;  and  so  on,  counting  one 
degree  more  for  each  successive  magnitude,  to  correspond  with  tho 
different  magnitudes  of  the  stars,  those  of  the  sixth  being  the 
smallest  that  can  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye. 

If  the  star  be  brought  to  the  eastern  or  western  edge  of  the 
horizon,  as  in  the  other  examples,  and  the  quadrant  of  alt.  screwed 
in  the  zenith  over  the  given  place,  and  the  other  end  of  the  quad- 
rant brought  to  the  ecliptic,  that  point  which  corresponds  with 
12°  below  the  horizon  for  stars  of  the  first  magnitude,  13°  for  stars 
of  the  second  magnitude,  etc.,  will  be  the  sun's  place. 


Problem  VII. — To  find  the  distance  of  any  two  given  stars 
from  each  other  in  degrees. 

Rule. — Lay  the  quadrant  of  altitude  over  the  given 
Btars,  so  that  the  division  marked  o  may  be  on  one  of  the 
stars  ;  the  degrees  between  them  will  show  their  distance, 
or  the  angle  which  these  stars  subtend,  as  seen  by  a  spec- 
tator on  the  earth. 

Exercise  1.  What  is  the  distance  between  Vega  in  Lyra,  and 
Altair  in  the  Eagle  ? 
jlns.    34  degrees. 

2.  Required  the  distance  between  3  in  the  Bull's  Horn,  and  j 
Bellatrix  in  Orion's  shoulder. 

3.  What  is  the  distance  between  /?  in  Pollux,  and  a  in  Pro- 
•yon  ? 


DIVIDE 


In  fori 

the  vowe! 

given  th 

nental  la: 

like  00  in 

au  like  o 

when  ace 

also  5,  es, 

Sens,  Bre 

the  Irish, 

Germans ; 

jy  and  to 

sound  has 

the  letter 

Laybach, 

Spanish,  a 

ch  is  inva 

to  express 

of  this  CO 

Sweden,  ai 

languages 

Germans  ; 

letters  gn 

letters  nh 

former,  an 

//  in  "  mill 

te  and  ci  li 

The  Germa 

the  beginni 


r  rises  or 
the  morn- 
is  rays,  or 
less  to  the 
latter,  to 


rising  or 
the  second 
nting  one 
i  with  tho 
being  the 

Ige  of  the 
•t.  screwed 
the  quad- 
onds  with 
°  for  stars 


Iven  stars 


he  given 
ne  of  the 
distance, 
y  a  spec- 
Lyra,  and 

orn,  and  7 
a  in  Pro- 


119 


VOCABULARY 

OF 

NAMES    OF    PLACES, 

DIVIDED    AI.D    ACCENTED   m   THE    WAY    m    WHICH    THEY    ARB 
USUALLY    PRONG  trjVCED. 

In  foreign  names,  the  sound  given  by  the  Irish  and  Scotch  to 
livor?.  TT^^'x!^  *'  '^'  ""-''  S^^^^^"^  P^«f«r-ble  to  tha, 
nental  languages,  are  mostly  pronounced  like  ee  in  «  seed."  and  v 
hke  00  ,n  «'  food."    In  French  names,  on  sounds  like  00  in  ♦'  loose  •" 
an  hke  o in  "go  ;"  ch  like sh  in  " shaft ;»  and gu  as c hard.    Unless 
when  accented,  .  at  the  end  of  French  names  is  silent,  as  are 
also  s,es,  t  g  and  ...    There  are,  however,  some  exceptions ;  as 
Sens  Brest,  &c.     The  guttural  sound  given  to  gh  in  "lough"  by 
the  Irish,  and  to  cA  in  "  loch"  by  the  Scotch,  is  given  to  chhy  the 
Germans  ;  and  the  same  sound  is  given  by  the  Spaniards  to  ^.,  ^i 
J,  and  to  X,  except  when  it  is  placed  at  the  end  of  a  word.    Is  this 
sound  has  been  long  since  banished  from  the   English  langua^^ 
the  letter  k  is  used  to  express  that  sound  in  German  names,  as  in 
Laybach,  which  is  pronounced  Lay'bak;  and  the  letter  A  in  the 
Spanish,  as  in  Badajos,  pronounced  Ead'-a-hos.    In  Spanish  names 
ch  18  invariably  pronounced  as  in  the  English  word  church;  it  is 
to  express  this  sound  that  ch  is  used  in  the  pronouncing  columns 
of  this  vocabulary/.      In    the   Netherlands,   Germany,   Denmark, 
Sweden,  and  Norway,  g  is  always  sounded  hard,  as  in  *«  get ;"  the 
languages  of  these  countries  having  one  common  origin.'    The 
Germans  and   Italians  give  to  J  the  English  sound  of  y     The 
letters  gn  in  French  and  Italian,  the  letter  fi  in  Spanish,  and  the 
letters  nh  in  Portuguese,  are  sounded  like  ng;  also,  gl  in  the  two 
former,  and  //,  Ih,  respectively  in  the  two  latter,  are  sounded  like 

// in  "  million,"     Tho  Tfni;qno  »^,.f^w,f^„^„.  _  __  j         'm      -         1    , 

silo  p.onot^ntu  ;;  aiiu  zz  iike  ts  fina  ds  ; 

u  and  ci  like  che  and  chi  in  "  cheek  "  and  "  chief;"  and  ch  like  k 
The  Germans,  except  in  a  few  cases,  pronounce  w  like  u,  and  v  at 
the  beginning  and  end  of  words  like/,  and  sch  aash.    Names  eudin^f 


120 


PRONOUNCING  VOCABULARY. 


in  poll  or  polis  have  the  antepenultimate  accent.  Names  which 
terminate  in  am,  an,  ad,  at,  ar,  er,  oo,  oor,  as  do  those  of  many 
of  the  eastern  countries,  have  the  accent  on  the  last  syllable.  The 
letter  c,  marked  thus,  («),  sounds  likes.  In  names  of  towns  in 
England,  mouth  is  pronounced  muth  ;'wich  and  wick,  as  idge  and 
ick,  respectively ;  and  burgh,  in  towns  of  England  and  Scotland, 
bur'ro;  but  in  foreign  names  it  is  pronounced  burg. 

Persons  acquainted  with  the  sounds  of  foreign  languages  will 
readily  admit  that  it  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  by  any  combi- 
nation of  letters  in  our  own  language,  to  express  some  of  these 
sounds  correctly.  The  following  vocabulary  is  drawn  up  in  the 
most  familiar  way,  and,  it  is  hoped,  will  be  found  at  least  equally 
correct  and  useful  as  any  already  published. 


WRJTTEI*.  PRONOUNCED. 

Abbeyleix  ab-bee-lace' 

Abbeville  ab'veel 
Abbergavenny  ab-er-gain'-y 

Aberystwith  ab-er-ust'-ith 

Abruzzo  a-broot'-so 

Agen  ah'-zheng 

Aisne  ain 

Ajaccio  a-ya'-tcho 

Aix  aiz 
Aix-la-Chapelle  aiz-la-sha-pel' 

Alemtejo  a-leng-te'-zho 

Alleghany  al-e'-gan-ny 


Algiers 

Angers 

Angouleme 

Angoumois 

Anjou 

Alnwick 

Alsace 

Antigua 

Antioch 

Archipelago 

Arequipa 

Argyle 

Armagh 

Artois 

Aubigni 

Auch 

Aurillac 

Auvergne 

Auxerre 


al-jeers' 

awn'-zhay 

awn-goo-laim' 

awn-goo-moaw' 

awn-zhoo' 

an'-nik 

al-sass' 

an-tee'-ga 

an'-tee-ok 

ar-ki-pel'-a-go 

ar-e-kee'-pa 

ar-gyle'  {ghard) 

ar-mah' 

ar'twa 

o-beeng'-ee 

osh 

o-reel'-yao 

o-vairn' 

o-zare' 


WRlTTEIf. 

Avignon 
Avranches 
Azoph 
Azores 

Bacchiglione 

Badajos 

Ballina 

Balize 

Baltic 

Baltinglass 

Banagher 

Bar-le-Duo 

Basle 

Beam 

Beaumaris 

Beauvais 

Beira 

Belleisle 

Berbice 

Berkshire 

Berri 

Berwick 

Besan5on 

Eiobio 

Birr 

Blois 

Biois-ie-Duc 

Bolivia 

Bologna 

Bonifacio 


PRONOUNCED. 

a-veeng'-ong 

av-ransh' 

az-'ofif 

a-zo'-rcs,  or  a-zores' 

ba-keel-yo'-ne 

bad'-a-hos 

bal-li-na' 

ba-leez' 

bawl-tik 

bawl'-ting-glas» 

ban'-a-her 

bar-le-duke* 

bahl 

bayrn 

bo-ma-ria 

bo-vay' 

be-ee'-ra 

bel-eel' 

ber-beece' 

berk- shir 

ber'-ry 

ber'-rick 

be-zan'-song 

bee-o'-bee-o 

burr 

bloaw 

boaw-le-duke' 

bo-lee'-vce-a 

bo-long'-a 

bo-ni-fa'-tcho 


WRin 
Bofites 
Bordeau 
Bouillon 
Boulogn 
Bourbon 
Bourbon 
Bourges 
Brazil 
Brescia 
Bretagni 
Brighter 
Buenos  j 
Bruges 
Bury 

Cabul 

Caen 

Caernan 

Cagliari 

Cahir 

Calais 

Caucasus 

Cayenne 

Carlisle 

Castile 

Ceuta 

Cevennes 

Ceylon 

Chablais 

Chalons 

Chamber 

Champag 

Champla: 

Chateau- 

Cheltenh 

Cherboui 

Cherson 

Chiapa 

Chiavenn 

Chili 

Chiloe 

Chimborr 

Cincinna 

Civita  Vi 

Clermont 
Cobbe 
Cologne 
Compiegr 


imes  which 
se  of  many 
lable.  The 
)f  towns  in 
IS  idge  and 
1  Scotland, 

'uages  will 
any  combi- 
le  of  these 
up  in  the 
ast  equally 


NOUNCED. 

g'-ong 
ish' 

s,  or  a-zores' 

l-yo'-ne 

-hos 

tta' 

ik 

;ing-glas« 
■her 
■duke' 


■na 

,t 

ra 

Bce' 
hir 

r 

ck 

'-song 

bee-o 


e-duke' 
■vce-a 
g'-a 
ra'-tcho 


■WRITTEW. 

Bofites 

Bordeaux 

Bouillon 

Boulogne 

Bourbon 

Bourbonnais 

Bourges 

Brazil 

Brescia 

Bretagne 

Brighton 

Buenos  Ayres 

Bruges 

Bury 

Cabul 

Caen 

Caernarvon 

Cagliari 

Cahir 

Calais 

Caucasus 

Cayenne 

Carlisle 

Castile 

Ceuta 

Cevennes 

Ceylon 

Chablais 

Chalons 

Ch  amber  ry 

Champagne 

Champlain 

Chateau-roux 

Cheltenham 

Cherbourg 

Cherson 

Chiapa 

Chiavenna 

Chili 

Chiloe 

Chimborazo 

Cincinnati 

Civita  Vecchia 

Clermont 
Cobbe 
Cologne 
Compiegne 


PRONOUNCING   VOCABULARY. 


PRONPUNCEIy. 

bo-o'-tes 

bor-do' 

boo-eel-yong' 

boo-long' 

boor-bong' 

boor-bon'-ay 

boorzh 

bra-zeel' 

bre'-sha 

bre-tang' 

bright'-on 

bo-nus-ay'-res 

broozh 

ber'-ry 

ca-bool' 
cawng 
car-nar'-von 
cal-ya'-ree 
ca'-hir  or  care 
cal'-lis  or  cal-lay' 
cau'-ca-sus 
ca-yen' 
car-lile' 
cas-teel' 
Boo'-ta 
ce-ven' 
sai-lon' 
shab-lay' 
sha-long' 
sham-ber-ry 
sham-pang 
sham-plan' 
sha-to-roo' 
chelt'nam 
sher'boor 
ker'son 
chee-a'-pa 
kee-a-ven'-na 
chee'-lee 
chee-lo'-e 
chim-bo-ra'-zo 
sin-sin-nat'-teo 
(  che'-vi-ta 
I      vek'-kee-a 
clair'-mong 
cob 

co-long' 
com-paing' 


121 


•WRITTEN. 

rROlfOUNCEIX 

Coquimbo 

co-keem'-bo 

Cordilleras 

cor-dil-ye'-rax 

Coutances 

coo-tawnce' 

Croix,  (St.) 

croaw 

Cura9oa 

coo-ra-so' 

Dauphind 

do-fee-nay' 

Delhi 

del'-i 

Denbigh 

den'-bee 

Debtford 

det'-ford 

Derby 

der-bee 

Descartes 

de-carte' 

Detroit 

de-troaw' 

Deux  Fonts 

deu-pong' 

Dieppe 

dee-ep' 

Dijon 

dee'-zhong 

Dnieper 

nee'-per 

Dniester 

nees'-ter 

Dordogne 

dor-dong' 

Dordrecht 

dort 

Dornoch 

dor'-nok 

Douay 

doo'-ay 

Douro 

doo'-ro  or  do'-rc 

Drogheda 

droh'-e-da 

Dronthiem 

dron'-theem 

Durazzo 

du-rat'-so 

Durham 

dur'-am 

Edinburgh 

ed'-in-bur-ro 

Eiseleben 

ise'-le-ben 

Elgin 

el'-gin  (g  hard) 

Elphin 

el-fin' 

Epinal 

e-pee-nal' 

Esquimaux 

es-kee-mo' 

Essequibo 

esse-kee'-bo 

Evrenx 

ev-roo' 

Eyder 

i'-der 

Falmouth 

fjil'-muth 

Fermanagh 

fer-man'-na 

Foix 

foaw 

Franche  Comt^  frawnsh  con-tay 

Friburg 

free'-burg 

Frieschehaff 

freesh'-haf 

Friesland 

freez-land 

Gall  (St.)  gawl 

Genoa  ie-no'-ah 

Germain  (St.)  seng-zher'-mang 


122 


PRONOUNCING    VOCABULART. 


WRITTEff. 

Ghent 

PKO\OU."»CKD. 

gent  {g  hard) 

WRITTEN. 

Leominster 

Gloucester 

glos'-ter 

Lerwick 

Gnesna 

nes'-na 

Liege 

Guienne 

gee-en'  (g  hard) 

Lille  or  Lisle 

Graveliness 

grav-leen' 

Lima 

Greenwich 

gren'-idge 

Limoges 

Guadaloupe 

gnaw-da-loop 

Limousin 

Guardafui 

gar-daf-wee 

Lincoln 
Lipari 

Hague 

haig 

Lodi 

Hainault 

hay-no' 

Loire 

Haiti 

hay'-tee 

L'Orient 

Harwich 

har'-ridge 

Louisana 

Hastings 

hais'-tings 

Louvain 

Havre  de-Grace  haw-ver-de-grass' 

Lucca 

Helvoetsluys 

hel'-vet-slooz 

Lyonnais 

Herault 

he-ro' 

Lyons 

Herschel 

her'-shel 

*f 

Hertford 

hert'-ford 

Maestricht 

Hildesheim 

hil-des-hime' 

Maggiore 

Hi  mm  a]  eh 

him'-a-leh 

Malines 

Houquhang 

hoo-kwang' 

Manheim 
Mans 

Illinois 

il-lee-noy' 

Mariuo 

Indre 

een'-der 

Maryborough 

Ipswich 

ips'-ich 

Margarita 

Ischia 

is'-kee-a 

Martigni 

Isio 

ee'-zee-o 

Martinico 

Irtysch 

irt'-ish 

Massachusetts 
Meaux 

faroslav 

jar-os-lav' 

Medina 

Jedburgh 

jed-'bur-ro 

Melrose 
Messina 

Keswick 

kes'-sick 

Michigan 

Kiel 

keel 

Minho 

Kiev 

kee-oo' 

Miramichi 

Killaloe 

kil-a-loo 

Missour 

Kirkaldy 

kirk-caw'-dy 

Mobile 

Kircudbright 

kirk-coo-brey 

Mocha 

Kursk 

koorsk 

Monmouth 
Montaubau 

Labrador 

la-bra-dore' 

Mont  lilano 

La  Marche 

la-marsh' 

Montpellier 

Languedoc 

lan-gue-dok' 

Montreal 

Launceston 

lans'-ton 

Moray 

Lausanne 

lo-san' 

Morlaix 

Leamington 

lem'-ing-ton 

Moulins 

Leicester 

les'-ter     [lock'-lin 

Mozambique 

LeighlinBridgt 

J  louchlin'-bridgo    or 

Munich 

PRONOUNCE* 

lem'-ster 

ler'-ick 

leezh 

leel 

lee'-ma 

lee-mozh' 

lee-moo -sang' 

lin'-cun 

lee-pah'-ree 

lo'-dee 

loawr 

lo-ree-awng' 

loo-ee-zee-a'-na 

loo-vain' or  lov?-in 

look'-ka 

lee-on-nay' 

ly'-ons 

maze'-trik 

mad-jo'-re 

ma-leen' 

man-hime 

mawng 

ma-ree'-no 

mar'-y-bur'-ro 

mar-ga-ree'-ta 

mar-teeng'-ee 

mar-ti-nee'-co 

mas-sa-tshoo'-seta 

mo 

me-dee'-na 

mel'-ross 

mes-see'-na 

mik'-i-gan 

meeng'-o 

mir-a-mi-shee' 

mis-soo'-ree 

mo-beel' 

mo'-ka 

mon'-muth 

mont-o-ban' 

mong-blawng' 

mong-pel-yay' 

mont-re-awl' 

mur'-ree 

mor-lay' 

moo-lang 

mo-zam-beek' 

mu'-nik 


Piave 


PRONOUNCING   VOCABULARY. 


128 


ft.U 


ter 
k 


ft 

•zh' 

o-sang* 

n 

li'-ree 


awng' 

zee-a'-na 

n'orlovf-in 

a 

nay' 


;rik 
'-re 
a' 
!me 

'-no 

■bur'-ro 

-ree'-ta 

2ng'-ee 

nee'-co 

tshoo'-seta 

-na 

33 

>'-na 
;an 

•0 

Qi-shee' 
'-ree 


ath 

ban' 

[awng' 

il-yay' 

-awl' 


WRITTEN. 

Naas 

Namur 

Nantes 

Navarre 

Navarino 

Neagh 

Neutbhatel 

Nevers 

Niagara 

Nice 

Niger 

Nimeguen 

Nismes 

Nivernais 

Noirmoutier 

Norwich 

Ohio 

Okeham 

Oleron 

Omagh 

Oiner  (St.) 

Orl^anais 

Orleans 

Oude 

Oural  or  Ural 

Ouse 

Overyssel 

Pays  de  Vaud 

Perpignan 

Perugia 

Piacenza 

Piave 

Pictou 

Piedmont 

Pisa 

Plymouth 

Poictiers 

Poitou 

Port-ou-Prince 

Porto-Rico 

Portsmouth 

Prague 

Provence 

Puy-de-dome 


PRO.NOUXCED. 

nace 

na-mure' 

nawngt 

na-var' 

na-va-ree'-no 

nay 

noo'-sha-tel' 

ne-vair' 

nee-ag'-a-ra 

nice  or  neess 

ni'-jer 

nee'-me-guen 

neem 

nee-ver-nay' 

noar-moot'-yay 

nor-'idge 

o-high'-o 

oak'-am 

o-ler-ong' 

o'-mah 

saingt  o'-mair 

or-le-an-nay'  [ans 

or-lay-ong'  or  or'-lee 

ood 

oo'-ral 

ooz 

o-ver-is'-sel 

pay'-ee-de-vo' 

per-peeng'-an 

pe-roo-'jee-a 

pee-a-chen'-za 

pee-av'-e 

pic-too' 

peed'-mong 

pee'-sa 

plim'-muth 

pwa-teers' 

pwa-too' 

port-o-prance 

port-o-ree'-co 

ports'-muth 

praig 

prov-awngse' 

pu-ee-de  dome' 


beek' 


Quang  see  whang'-see' 

Quang  tung       whang'-tong' 


WRITTEM. 

Quito 

Raleigh 

Reading 

Reggio 

Rennes 

Rheims 

Rimini 

Rio  Bamba 

Rio  Janeiro 

Rochelle 

Romagna 

Rouen 

Rousillon 

Rovigno 

Roxburgh 

Saumur 

St.  Cloud 

Scilly 

Saintes 

Santa  Cruz 

St.  Jago 

Saintonge 

Salisbury 

Salonica 

Sandwich 

Sambre 

San  Miguel 

Santa  Fd 

Sadne 

Schaffhausen 

Scheld 

Schweitz 

Schwerin 

Scio 

Schumla 

Seine 

Sevres 

Sevecchio 

Sens 

Sierra 

Soissans 

Somme 

Southwark 

Squillace 

Suir 


PROIfOUNCED. 

kee'-to 

ra'-ly 

red'-ding 

red'-jo 

ren  " 

rhance  or  reems 

rim'-i-nee 

ree'-o-bam'-ba 

ree'-o-zha-nei-xo 

ro-shel' 

ro-mang'-a 

roo-awng' 

roo-seel-ong' 

ro-veeng'-o 

rox'-bur-ro 

so-mu're 

St.  cloo 

sil'-lee 

saingt 

san'-ta-crooz 

sant-ya'-go 

saingt-onzh' 

sawls'-ber-ry 

sa-lo-ni'-ca 

sand'-ich 

sawm'-ber 

san-mig-el' 

santa-fay' 

sone 

shaflF-hau'-sen 

skeld  or  sheld 

shwitz  (i  long) 

shwe'-rin 

see'-o 

shum'-la 

sayne 

saiv'-er 

se-vek'-ee-o 

sawngs 

see-er'-ra 

swa-song' 

som 

suth'-ark 

squil-la'-che 

shure 


Tagliamentd     tal-ya-men'-to 


124 

• 

PRONOUNCING 

VOCABULARY. 

« 

WBITTEW 

Pllo^fOlJ^CKD. 

WRnTEW. 

PR0NOU.'«CKD. 

Taunton 

tan'-ton 

Valais 

va-lay' 

Tchernigov 

cher'ne-gov 

Valladolid 

val-ya-do-lid' 

Teneriffe 

ten-er-reef 

Van  Diemen 

van-dee'-men 

Thames 

terns 

Vaud 

vo 

Tibet 

ti'bet 

Vendue 

vawn-day' 

Ticino 

te-ohee'-no 

Vicenza 

vee-chen'-za 

Tierra  del 

(  tee-er'-ra  del 
I     foo-e'-go 

Vienna 

vee-en'-na 

Fuego 

Vienne 

vee-en' 

Tonquin 

ton-keen' 

Vigo 

vee'-go 

Toulon 

too'long' 

Vincennes 

veng-cen 

Toulouse 

too-looz' 

Vosges 

vozh 

Tours 

toor 

Trcviso 

tre-vee'-so 

Warwick 

war'-rick 

Tyrone 

tee-rone' 

Woolwich 

wool'idge 

Trieste 

tree-este' 

Worcester 

woos'-ter 

Tripolitza 

tree-po-Iit'-za 

Trois  Riviferes 
Troyes 
Tristan  d'A- 

troaw-ri-vee-air' 

troaw 

(  trees-tan  da- 
(     coong'-a 

Xativa 
Xerea 

za-tee'-va 
ze'-res 

cunha 

Youghal 

yaw'-hal 

Ushant 

oosh-ang' 

Ypres 

ee'-per 

Utrecht 

u'-trek 

Zealand 

zee'-laoU 

Valenciennes 

val-en-seen' 

Zurich 

zoo-rik 

fllB  WKD. 


%tt'Ir  ijiilks 


OF 


STANDARD  CATHOLIC  WORKS. 

PUBLISHED    BY" 

D.  &  J.  SADLIER  &  CO., 

Ilo.  164  Wmiam  Street,  New  Yorkj  128  Federal  Street,  Boston  i 

Corner  of  Metre  Dame  and  St.  Francis  Xavier  Streets, 

Montreal,  Canada  East. 

AND  OFFERED  TO  COLLEGES,  RELIGIOUS  INSTITUTIONS.  BOOB- 

SELLERS,  AND  DEALERS  GENERALLY,   AT  PRICES   BUT 

UTTLK  BEYOND  THE  COST  OF  aiANUFACTURE. 


^S:^lt^^^^v  ^**^f'?'  Martyrs,  and  other  principal 
Saints,  (Sadher's  Edition).     By  the  Rev  Albaiv  RiT-.-rt^o 

?ov^'iofil^„P"'H^^^'  ""y  ^''"  ^°  twelve  now  compre^einfouf  volumes' 

m  Europe  or  this  country,  and  altogether  forming  a  complete  rithollp 
Liorary  a  copy  of  which  should  be  in  the  possessio?  of  eveTy  Cathofc  fam- 

«f»;/A?  *  •'^'°"  ?^'°  ?°"l?'"^  ^*  *"'"«  «'^ei  engravings  and  four  llurS 
nated  titles  m  various  bindings,  with  the  approbation  of  the  Most  K 
JoHiy  HuoHES,  D.  D.,  Archbishop  of  New  York,  and"  9  ArchbSoL  anH 
Jn^'^flP'-M  ***•'  "i^^Y'^  Church-printed  on  the Cest  pape?  siit^ext™ 

Key  super  extra    !^i4  00.    American  Morocco,  gilt  sides  and  edffns  $12 
60.    American  Morocco,  marbled  edges,  $10  60     Embossed  SheeDeittl 
•pnng  backs,  marble  edges,  $9  00.  i^^uossea  sneepextia. 

Og-  The  Publishers,  at  the  solicitation  of  several  clerffvmen  hAintr ,«».{ 
rous  of  extending  the  circulation  of  this  ineSile  wSChaVe  Slved 
to  issue  a  cheap  edition,  to  suit  the  wants  of  such  persons  as  cannot  aflbrd 
w  buy  the  more  expensive  copies,  but  they  strongly  recommend  all  tSse 
Z±T  P"^^l'?  ^^T'  ^""^t.':?'«'i  edition,  in  all  instances  tHake  them  a 
prelerence  to  this  cheap  edition,  as  from  the  extraordinary  care  which 
hey  bosto^  on  the  printin(r  and  binding  of  the  former,  they  can  wit^  he 
hillest  confidence  assert  that  no  work'pvhlished  here  or  elsewhere,  wul 
he  lound  cheaper,  or  give  more  general  satisfaction.  «"ewaere,  wiu 

Sadlier's  Cheap  Edition  of  Butler's  Lives  of  the  Saints 

In  4  vols  royal  octavo,  complete,  with  one  engraving  in  each,  full  cloth 
j.n,hos.e,l  lettered  $o  00.  Half  Roan  cloth  sides,  strong.  $5  OO  a  voi' 
hall  bound,  for  Librari  is,  $3  00.  bi  ♦>    "v     i.«  wum 


D<   AND  J.    SADLIER    AND  CO.  8 


Holy  Bible,  [Superb  New  Edition,]  From  the  Version 
of  the  Douay  and  lUieinis.  Translated  iVom  the  Latin  Vulgate,  and 
dili^i  ntly  compared  with  the  llelirew.  Greek,  and  other  editions  in 
varKius  langjiages.  Annotations,  Heferences,  Tallies,  &c.,  by  the  ver» 
erablo  Dr.  Chulloner,  V.  A.,  with  Ward's  Errata  oi  the  ProteMtiint  Biblt 
with  thf3  approbation  of  the  Most  Hev.  JOHN  HLUHKS,  D.  U..  Arch 
bishop  of  New  Vork.  Printed  on  fine  paper,  illustrated  with  26  enjfro 
Ving8,jtjind  bound  in  the  best  style  ot  art.  Imjierlal  quarto,  bevelled 
flexible,  $11  1)0.  Imperial  quarto,  flexilile,  clasps,  $14  dU.  Imj^eriti) 
quarto,  anti<pie  carved  and  panelled,  $16  00.  Imperial  quarto,  painti<i' 
medallion,  $-22  00. 

floly  Bible,  [Illustrated  Edition,]  Translated  from  Jnt 
Liitin  Vulgate,  and  diligently  compared  with  the  Hebrew,  Greek,  and 
other  editions  in  various  languages.  Annotations,  Tables,  &c.,  by  the 
venerable  Dr.  Challoncr,  V.  A.,  print(>d  on  fine  paper  with  17  steel  engra- 
vings, and  Ward's  Errata  of  the  Protestant  Bible.  Royal  quarto.  Imit. 
calt,  marble  edges,  $6  00.  Imit.  morocco,  marble  edges,  $6  60.  Imit 
morocco,  gilt  edges,  $7  60.  Morocco,  extra  flexible,  $9  00.  Morocco, 
extra  flexible,  clasps,  $12  00 

Sadliers'  Extraordinary  Cheap  Edition  of  the  Holy 
Bible.  The  great  demand  for  the  Douay  Bible  amongst  the 
Catholics  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  has  induced  the  publishers  to 
issue  this  edition,  which,  fur  cheapness  and  durability,  cannot  be  equal- 
led. It  contains  4  steel  engravings,  family  records,  with  historical,  and 
chronological  tables,  &c.  It  also  possesses  these  two  great  advantages 
over  all  other  Bibles  published  in  the  United  States,  first,  that  the  print 
18  considerably  larger,  and  secondly,  that  the  binding  is  more  durable. 
Quarto,  good  stout  sheep,  $2  'id.  Imitation  morocco,  marble  edges,  $3 
26.  Imitation  calf,  marble  edges,  $3  25.  Imitation  morocco,  gilt  edges, 
10  plates,  $4  60.    Imitation  morocco,  extra,  gilt  edges,  10  {dates,  $6  00. 

Holy  Bible  Translated  from  the  Latin  Vulgate,  12  mo. 

strong  sheep,  $1  00.    12mo.,  roan,  $1  60. 

Douay  Testament,  with  Annotations,  and  chronological,  and 
analytical  tables,  as  approved  by  the  Most  Bev.  John  Hughes,  I>,  D^ 
Archbishop  of  New  York.    18mo.,  cloth  extra.  37^0. 


GERMAN  BIBLES. 


The  Holy  Bible  in  German,  with  Annotations,  Rcferen 
ces,  Tables,  fcc.,  by  Rev.  Joseph  Tranz  Allioli,  D.  D.,  with  the  approbi 
tion  of  the  Most  Rev.  JOHN  HUGHES,  D.  D.,  Archbishop  of  Nen 
York.  Printed  on  fine  paper,  and  illustrated  with  16  steel  engiavingt 
and  four  family  records.  Imperial  8vo.  Turkey,  super  extra,  bevelled 
clasps,  $10  60.  Turkey,  super,  extra,  bevelled,  $8  00.  Turkey,  super 
extra,  $7  60.  American  morocco,  gilt  edges,  $6  60.  Turkey,  e^tra, 
marbled  edges,  $5  60.   Roan,  plain  edges,  $5. 

The  Holy  Bible  in  German,  Cheap  Edition.    Royal  ?  ^o. 

American  Morocco,  gilt  edges,   $4  00.     Ameri.'an  morocco,  man  M 
udgcs,  $3  00.    Sheep,  plain  edges,  $2  00. 


CATALOGUE  OF  VALUABLE  BOOKg. 


''wl!*?®^,*  ^  German,  with  Annotations  References  'te. 
bles,  &c.,  by  Rev.  Joseph  Traiiz  Allioli    D   D     Hvn    iM^  «      '    i 
paper.    Half  hound, 76c.    Sheep,  $i'ju'  8^o,  large  type,  fin* 


-•♦♦- 


rhe  History  of  the  Life  of  Our  Lord  Jesn.  Christ  fr„n 

CONTENTS. 


The  Church  affainst  no  Church. 

The  Episcopal  Observer  versus  the 
Church. 

Thornwell's  Answer  to  Dr.  Lynch 
(April  and  October,  IS49.) 

Protestantism  ends  in  Transcenden- 
talism. 

Protestantism  in  a  Nutshell. 

Authority  and  Liberty. 


Political  Constitutions. 
War  and  Loyalty. 
The  Higher  Law. 

Catholicity  necessary  to  sustain  md 
ular  Liberty.  ^ 

Legitimacy  and  Revolutionifm. 
Native  Americanism. 
Labor  and  Association. 
Socialism  and  the  Church 

Postage  i4  cent* 

*^v*Sf^  °^*^®  Variations  of  the  Protestant  Ohurchea. 

?/  ^*-  5;?T-  •^a'nes  Benign  Bossuct,  D.  D.,  Bislion  of  Meaux     Tu-o  vni- 
12mo.    This  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  works  nhp?^ohni;Jr?       •* 

tor^r  Jriie.*'*^''^''^*"^  '^'^''^  "  now  offered  to  the  public  at  one-halfiU 

^«"f^.'^^,*.°  Society,  or  the  Solution  of  Great  Problerrji 
Sf  Ah^^r  •  ^  ':each  of  every  mind.  Translated  from  the  French  5 
Hlinuts  n'n "']•  M^".*"  «"  i"t>-0'>"ction  by  the  Most  Rev.  jShN 
HUGHES.  D.  D.,  Archbishop  of  New  York.    1  vol,  lomo.,  cloth,  $1  TO 

•RFLioroN  i^  Sociv.TY.-(Grands  Problemes)-\Vo  rejoice  to  state  that 

this  very  interesting  work  of  tlio  Abbe  Martinet  in  an  exceUpnt  KmrlVci! 

ranslation.  is  now  published  and  ready.    This  fs  a  boSk  for  eiery  (SS 

that  reads  ;  and  a  book  for  every  person  that  reads  Catholfc  books     wS 

•Ull  hasten  to  give  ,t  a  fnUer  notice.»-.Ve«,  York  fVeevt^^s  J^i.  ^* 

Pontace  20R. 


I'; 

m 


'.f> 


D.    AND  J.   8ADLIER   AND  CO-'l 


Christian  Directory,  Gnidint;  Men  to  Eternal  Salvation, 
by  tlio  Kcv.  Uutiert  i'arsuii,  of  tho  Society  of  Jeius.  1  vol.,  royal  I  jmo., 
600  pages.    Cloth,  extra,  $1  2A.  Postage  8(>c. 

The  Life  of  St.  Elizabeth,  of  Hungary,  Duchess  ol 
Thurugia.  By  the  Count  De  Montalenibert,  Peer  oi'i'Vance. 
Translated  from  the  French,  by  Mary  Hackett,  and  Mrs.  J.  Sadlior.  Ont 
Tol.  Royal  l!2mo.  Fine  paper,  with  a  splendid  portrait  a''tcr  Overbecli 
engraved  on  steel.  Cloth  extra,  $1  OU.  Cloth,  gilt,  $1  60.  English  mo 
rocco,  extra,  $2  00.  Postage  20c. 

03H  In  the  translation  of  this  work,  published  in  Dublin,  the  introdue. 
Hon,  which  forms  about  160  pages  of  the  original,  and  nearly  one-third  of 
the  whole  work  was  omitted.  Our  edition  will  contain  the  entire  work. 
This  is  one  of  tho  most  interesting  biographies  in  any  language.  We  defy 
even  the  most  lukewarm  Catholic  to  read  it,  without  inwardly  thanking 
God  that  he  belongs  to  a  Church  that  can  produce  such  purity,  and  holi 
ness,  and  lo  much  humility  and  self-denieil  as  is  exempliAed  in  tlie  life  ol 
the  "  dear  St.  Elizabeth."  Postage  24  cents. 

The  Following  of  Christ.    New  Translation  from  the  Ori- 

final  Latin,  in  four  books,  by  Thomas  i.  Kempis.  To  which  are  added 
vactical  Reflections,  and  a  prayer  at  the  end  of  each  chapter,  with  the 
approbation  of  +  NICHOLAS,  Cardinal  Archbishop  of  Westminster. 
+  JOHN,  Archbishop  of  New  York.  New  and  elegant  edition,  printed 
on  the  iiaest  paper,  with  a  splendid  steel  frontispiece,  60U  pages,  18mo  , 
and  bound  in  the  following  styles  :— P'uU  cloth,  or  roan,  gilt  edges,  $1  Ott 
English  Morocco,  extra,  $  I  60.  Morocco,  super,  extra,  $2  00.  Morocco 
super,  extra  flexible,  bevelled,  $2  60.  34mo.  edition,  same  type,  cloth, 
plain,  37^  cents.    Roan,  plain,  60c.    Roan,  gilt  edges,  76c. 

Postage,  from  10  to  20c. 

"  This  is  the  finest  edition  of  the  '  Following  of  Christ '  ever  printed  on 
this  side  of  the  Atlanntic.  Every  Catholic,  whether  old  or  young,  should 
have  a  copy  of  this  treasure  of  a  book  " — Montreal  True  Wilnesa- 

"A  beautiful  copy  of  the  well-known  devotional  work  of  Thomag 
i.  Kempis,  which  has  so  long  been  regarded  with  favoi  by  the  whole  Chris- 
tian world.  This  edition  is  one  of  the  finest  specimens  of  American  typo- 
l^raphy  and  paper,  particularly  in  a  religious  work,  which  we  have  ever 
seen." — N^orton'a  Literary  Gazette. 

New   Month   or   Graces   of  Mary.     Compiled  by  the 

Fathers  of  the  Oratory  of  St.  Philip,  of  Neri ;  to  which  is  added  Prayert 
at  Mass  and  Vespers,  with  other  devotions  for  the  month  of  May,  with 
the  approbation  of  the  -f  Most  Rev.  JOHN  HUGHES,  D.  D.,  Archbishop 
of  Mew  York.  New  and  elegant  edition,  printed  on  the  finest  paper, 
'arith  a  splendid  steel  frontispiece,  500  pages,  l8mo  ,  and  bound  in  the  fol 
lowing  styles  :— Roan,  gilt  edges,  $1  00.  English  Morocco,  extra,  $1 
to.  Morocco  super,  extra,  $2  00.  Morocco  flexible,  bevelled,  $-2  6(k 
94mo.  edition,  same  type,  cloth,  plain,  37^c.  Roan,  plain,  &0c  Roau 
gilt  edges,  76c.  Postage,  16c. 

Lives  of  the  Saints  of  the  Desert,  and  many  Holy  Men 
and  Women  who  have  dwelt  in  Solitude.  By  the  Rt  Rev.  Richard  Chal- 
loner,  D.  D.,  with  additional  Lives,  translated  from  the  French,  by  Mri 
J.  Sadlier.  Printed  on  fine  paper,  2  plates,  in  one  volume,  600  pages 
16mo     Cloth,  extra.  75c.    Cloth,  extra,  gilt  edges,  $1  12 


CATALOGUE  OF    VALUABLE   BOOE& 


*lTf  *?.*^  ***®  Abbey.    By  the  Authoress  of  -Geraldine 

Postage,  18c 

^,?*;**?^f^*'*^  Scriptural  Catechism.    By  the  Rev    PAr 

Co  1«     Doctor  of  the  Sorl.or.ne.    Trundaled  from  the  l^Yench  bv  wL 

J.  badhcr.     tor  the  use  ol  the  Brothers  of  the  ChristifJ.  Schools.^ 

C(?"  This  is  considered  by  competent  judges  as  thn  mn«i»  nnm,  u.        j 

■»t  the  same  time,  tlie  moat  concise  Cat^ch  sm  of  the  (  h^fnln  »  "i     *'  ^"^ 

Of  Scrinture  History  that  has  yet  been  oi^bStS  the  ,mW?u^/'!T'°"  ^ 

•daptechor  adults 're,,,.iring1nstrnctioTrwelasCSilder^T^^^^^^^^^ 
•wers  are  ali  so  conde,,sed  that  they  are  easily  committed  ome„,orvanJ 
there  IS  not  a  sinulo  point  connected  with  religion,  eiUier  of  doS«'  rf?. 
Ciplino,  or  ceremonial,  that  is  not  fully  explamtj  'Joctnne,  dis- 

We  know  that  this  work  requires  only  to  be  known  to  seen™  fnr  a  a 
very  wide  circulation.  In  order  to  place  the  work  wklnr  the  reach  of  1 
?.'L^'I5n"' ""^  »>r«l«»«'"^'»«'l  to  put  it  at  thofoZw  nglawprke  - 
i'fl  ?er  ISof'"^"''  *^^^-'^°""'^'  37ic.    Cloth.  60c.    To  School  ardcilfegM 

Reeve'8  History  of  the  Holy  Bible,  comprising  the  most 
remarkable  events  in  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.  interspeVedwifh 
Bv'th/RiJ",'''""'^  Keflections.  chiefly  taken  from' the  iffivFiS 
By  the  Rev.  Joseph  Reeve.  Illustrated  with  230  engravings.  12mo  ol 
683  pages.    Price  only  60  cents  ''  *"""»"•    *'"°<'-  <>' 

Cl?-  This  is  beyond  doubt  the  cheapest  book  ever  issued  from  the  Ameri. 
Sly' eS'c'ent."''  '""'^  '  ^'""^  "^  '"'  ^'^'''  ^'^  ''''  «»^'''  ^""  bo^nrf?; 

History  of  the  Christian  Church,  from  her  Birth  to  hw 

Final  Triumphant  State  in  Heaven;  chielly  deduced  from  the  Apoca- 
&Vh  musUn  76C     ^      "  '"'^  i^vaugelist.    By  Sig.  Pastoriiii    ?Je^ 

Oobbett's  History  of  the  Reformation.  The  History  of 
the  Reformation  in  England  and  Ireland;  showing  how  that  event  ha« 
impoverished  the  main  body  of  the  people  in  those  countries.  Bv  WU 
LamCobbett    Two  vols,  bound  in  one. 

(It?-T^e  second  volume  contains  a  list  of  the  Priories,  Nunneries,  Ab- 
t>ey8.  Hospitals,  and  other  religious  foundations  seized  on,  or  alienated  by 
the  "  Protestant  Reformation,"  Sovereigns  and  Parliaments  ;  with  an  Ad- 
peiidix,  containing  Oobbett's  Three  Letters  to  the  Pope,  the  Earl  of  Roden 
and  the  Clergy  of  the  Church  of  England,  making  this  valuable  book  the 
only  complete  edition  ever  published  in  this  conntry.  Such  was  the  great 
•stimation  in  which  this  work  was  heU  wlien  first  published,  that  it  wa« 
transiited  into  five  different  languages.  18mo.,  660  pages  of  neat  and  clos* 
*her  press,  on  fine  paper,  cloth  extra,  76c.  Postage  20c. 

Oobbett's  Legacies,  two  volumes  complete  in  one.  The 
first  volume  consists  of  Six  Letters  addressed  to  the  Church  Parsons  in 

general.    The  second  volume  is  addressed  to  the  working  classes,  wilt 
edication  to  Sir  Robert  Peel,  Bart.    18mo.,  large  type,  full  cloth,  STJc, 

Postage,  12  cents. 

Pope  and  Maguire's  Discussion.    12mo.  fine  paper,  Ibc 

(SO"  Porhaps  no  discussion  ever  excited  so  much  attention  as  this.    Rev. 
Mr.  i'ftpa  wa-s  sn  itinerant  ccntroversialist  u^hn '.vent  about  uLaileneiag 


11 


D.   AND   J     SADLIER   AND  CO.*S 


the  Priests  to  come  forth  and  defend  the  doctrines  of  their  Church, — the 
Rbv.  >  r.  IMfiguire  acct^pted  the  challenge.  Up  to  that  time  his  name  was 
scarcely  known  be}  on  '  the  precincts  ol  his  parish,  (which  was  situated  in 
the  mountains  of  Leitri  t,)  but  after  the  discussion,  "Father  Maguiro" 
became  the  most  popular  Priest  in  Ireland.  Pope  retired  from  the  contest 
conscious  of  defeat,  lor  he  never  challenged  any  more  Priests. 

The  End  of  Controversy;  by  the  Rt.  Rev.  Dr.  Mllner.  To 
which  is  added,  his  Address  to  the  Lord  Bishop  of  St.  David's,  and  hi« 
Postscript  to  the  same.     12mo.,  with  Apostolic  Three.    Cloth  extra,  eOc 

Ward's  Cantos:   or  England's  Reformation;  a  poem  eft 

four  Cantos,  by  Thomas  Ward,  Esq.  To  which  are  added,  Publisher's 
Preface,  Life  of  the  Author,  Notes  to  justify  the  facts  related,  and  several 
additions  faithfully  extracted  from  the  Author's  Manuscript  18mo.,  tine 
paper,  clear  type,  60c. 

Ward's  Errata  of  the  Protestant  Bible.  A  Work  show- 
ing the  errors  of  the  Protestant  Translations  of  the  Scriptures.  Imiierial 
8vo»  half  bound,  60c. 

A  History  of  the  First  Beginning  and  Progress  of  the 
Protestant  Religion,  by  way  of  question  and  answer. 
By  Bishop  Challoner.  A  most  excellent  and  instructive  work.  ISmo., 
clear  type.    Cloth,  ISc. 

Practical  Piety,  set  forth  by  St.  Francis  of  Sales,  Bishop 
and  Prince  of  Geneva.  Collected  from  his  Letters.  Discourses,  and  Meu 
itations.    Translated  from  the  French.    ISmo.    Cloth  extra,  60c. 

Postage  15  cents. 

St.  Augustine's  Confessions.  Translated  from  the  Latin, 
by  a  Catholic  Clergyman.    ISmo.    334  pages.    Price  60c. 

QQ~  The  above  is  a  worl  that  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  Catholic 
The  name  of  the  Author  is  a  sufficient  guarantee  of  its  usefulness. 

Duty  of  a  Christian  Towards  CS-od.  Being  an  improved 
version  of  the  original  Treatise,  written  by  the  venerable  J.  B.  Salle, 
Founder  of  the  Brothers  of  the  Christian  School.  Translated  from  the 
French  by  Mrs.  J.  Sadlier,  with  the  Prayers  at  Mass,  and  the  Rules  of 
Christian  Politeness.  12mo.  400  pages.  Half-bound,  37J  cents,  CUith 
extra,  50  cents. 

The  Mission  of  Death.  A  Tale  of  the  New  York  Penal 
Laws,  by  M.  E.  Walworth.  I  vol.  ISmo  Fine  paper,  cloth  extra,  fiOo. 
Full  gilt,  76o.  Postage  16c. 

tiife  of  the  Rt.  Rev.  Dr.  Doyle,  Bishop  of  Kildare  and 
Leighlin     With  a  Portrait 

QtJ'  The  Life  of  this  Patriot  Bishop  should  be  in  the  house  of  every 
Catholic  j  more  especially  those  of  Irish  origin.  It  gives  a  summary  o( 
his  examination  before  the  House  of  Lords,  on  the  Catholic  question.  It 
is  a  work  which  every  Irish  father  should  place  in  the  hands  of  his  child 
ren,  as  his  name  should  be  engraved  indelibly  upon  the  hearts  of  IrisU 
men  and  their  offspring. 

Catholic  Christian  Instructed,  in  the  Sacraments,  Sacri- 
fices, Ceremonies,  an]  Observances  of  the  Church.     By  Rt.  Rev.  U 


CATALOGUE  OP    iTALUABLE  BO(;KS. 


J^alloner,  D.  D.    Large  type.  18mo.    Flexi^iT^I^th.  26c.    Clorh';rtra" 

Tostage  10c. 

.he  Confrfle^il,  „t  u.e  Sate°rH'e°ST/^J'%"4L°'cfo^SS^^^ 

Postage 'sc. 
rhe  Christian  Instructed ;  or  Precenfs  fnr  T  ;v:«,r  nu  • 

tinTily  in.  the  World.  From  the  talian  of  S  L  n  ,  ^'"^  ^*^"' 
lections  from  the  work/of  S  Francfs  df  Sat  «?^"»f '"!^^^^  ^"'^  "* 
t«ans  n/-  Jerusalem,  approved  bvRtPnt  r-,'  ^"^."'®  iVme/efn  S<ff 
type,  24mo.    Cloth  eSaYc    ^  °^-  ^''^°P  Fitzpatrick.     Larg 

'  Postage  Sc 


'*'!?^,  ."^ell  On't;  or  Reflections  on  the 
rifon "^^^^  Religion  for  every  Jay  of  the  month. 
Challoner,  D.  D.    32mo.    Cloth  extra,  19c 


Great  Truths  of 
By  the  Rt.  Rev.  R. 
Postage  4c. 


Tales  of  the  Festivals.    In  Fancy  Paper  Covers   with  a 
Plate  m  each.    Price  7c.    In  packages  of  Sbc,  38c.       ^°^®"»  ^""  * 


Month  of  Mary. 

The  Feast  of  Corpus  Christ!. 

„,    „  No.  2. 

The  Feast  of  the  Sacred  Heart  of 

Jesus. 
Feast  of  the  Assumption. 

Feast  of  the  Nativity' 


_     ^  ,       No.  4. 

Feast  of  Ash- Wednesday. 
Festival  of  the  Annunciation 

Festival  of  the  Holy  Week. 
Festival  of  Easter. 

Rogation  day. 
Feast  of  Pentecost. 


Feast  of  the  Purification. 

ri^fj,""^!*"  ,°"®  ^^^  2'*'"<*'    S«^e°  Plates,  fine  paper.     Cloth  extra.  M« 
Cloth,  gilt  edges,  63c.    Cloth  extra,  gilt  edges.  75c.^  Posta^^rla 

Wancho   Leslie ;  or  The  Living  Rosary,  and  other  Tales 
?c.^rplcra°geof'sUT8^.^^^^^^ 


_,     ,    ,    „  No.  1. 

Blanche  Leslie  ;  or,  the  Living  Ro- 

sary 
Ihe  Little  Italians ;  or,  the  Lost 

Children  of  Mount  St.  Bernard, 
lower  of  Prayer. 

„„    ,   ^         No.  2. 

Ellen's  Dream. 

Easter  ;  or,  the  Two  Mothers. 

The  Poor  Widow.' 

X  Tale  of  the  Ardennes. 

Bound  in  one  vol.  24mo.    Seven 
Cloth,  gilt  edges,  63c,    Cloth  Extra, 


The  Cherries. 

No  Virtue  without  a  Stnggle. 

No.  4. 
Scren  Corporal  Works  of  Meray. 

No.  6, 
Hans,  the  Miser. 
Perrien  and  Lucette. 
The  Envious  Girl  Reformed. 

Divme  Providence. 
Lucy's  Pilgrimage. 
Little  Adam  the  (Jardener. 


plates,  fine  paper, 
gilt  edges.  76c. 


Cloth  exlra,  380 
Postage  13c. 


D.   AND   J.   8ADLIER  AND  CO.'C 


Benjamin ;  or,  Pupil  of  the  Chrietinn  Brothers.  Translated 
from  the  French,  by  Mrs.  J.  Stdlier.  S4nio.  Cloth  extra,  26c.  Full 
gilt,  37ic. 

the  Life  of  the  Blessed  Virgin.  To  which  is  addeil  a 
Novena  in  honor  of  Her  Immaculfite  Conception,  with  an  HiFtorical  ac« 
count  of  the  Origin  and  Eflbcts  cf  the  MIRACULOUS  MEDAL,  and 
the  Life  and  Death  ok  thk  Child  ok  Marv.  2  plates,  large  typ« 
a4mo.,  revised  by  the  lato  Very  llsv.  Felix  Varella.  Cloth  extra,  3ft ' 
Gilt  edges,  37^0. 


CATHOLIC  CHURCH  MUSIC. 


The  Catholic  Choir  Book ;  or  The  Morning  and  Evening 
Service  of  the  Catholic  Church.  Comprising  a  choice  collection  ol 
Gregorian  and  other  Masses,  Litanies,  P.?alms,  Sacred  Hymns,  Anthems, 
Versicles,  and  Motets,  selected  and  newly  arranged  from  the  composi- 
tions of  the  first  masters.  Compiled  and  respectfully  dedicated  to  tha 
Rt.  Rev.  Dr.  Fenwick,  by  T*.  Garbett,  Esq.    $-2  00. 

The  Catholic  Harp,  containing  the  Morning  and  Evening 
Service  of  the  Catholic  Church  ;  embracing  a  choice  collection  of 
Masses,  Litanies,  Psalms,  Sacred  Hymns,  Anthems,  Versicles,  and  Mo- 
tets, all  selected  from  the  compositions  of  the  first  masters  :  compiled 
by  Philip  A.  Kirk.    Half  bound,  37ic. 

Eight  Easy  Pieces  of  Sacred  Music,  for  Four  Voices : 
Soprano,  Alto,  Tenor,  Bass,  with  the  Accompaniment  of  the  Orgaa 
Composed  and  dedicated  to  the  Rt.  Rev.  J.  B.  Fitzpatrick,  Bishop  of  Bos 
ton,  by  A.  Werner,  Organist  at  the  Cathedral  of  the  Holy  Cross 


No. 
«< 


1  Asperges  me. 

2  Alma. 

"    3  Ave  Regina. 
••    4  Kegina  CoelL 
Price  37^  cents. 


CONTENTS. 
No. 


6  Salve. 

6  Tantum  Ergo. 

7  Veni  Creator  spiritus. 

8  Passion  Canticle. 

Postage  3e. 


SADLIER'S  FIRESIDE  LIBlURr. 

In  ISmo.  vols.,  from  300  to  400  pages. 
TU'iUtratel  vrith  engravings,  printed  on  fine  paper,  and  bound  in  CiOthi 


extra,  price,  60  cents  per  vol. 
No.  I. 


Orphan  of  Moscow,   or,  The  Young  Governtss. 
translated  from  the  French  of  Madame  Woillese,  by  Mrs.  J. 
[lluatrated  witU  steel  ensrraring  and  illuminated  title 
edges, 75c 


A  tale 

Sadlier. 

Clolh  60c.    Gilt 


CATALOGUE   OF   VAi^UABLE   BOOKS. 


No.  II. 


The  Castle  of  RoussUlon;  or  Quercy  in  the  Sixteei  th  '\'n. 
tury.  A  tale  translated  fioii»  tlie  French  of  Madame  Kueene  dP  In  Ub. 
cher-j.  by  Mrs.  J.  Sadlier.    Cloth  extra.  60c.    Steel  plate.f  ilt  ed|os,  7^ 

No.  m. 

8lck  Calls:  from  the  Diary  of  a  Missionary  Priest  Bv  the 
Rev.  Edward  Price,  M.  A.    2  steel  plates,  cloth  extra,  50c.,  gilt  edges.  "J^ 

No.  17 
Wfo  of  the  Blessed  Virgin  Mary,  Mother  of  God,  oi 
JrV  °',"'*®^*     Translated  from  the  French  of  the  Abb6 
Gerbcrt.    18mo.  of  400  pages.    Steel  frontispiece.   Price  60c.  to  $J  00. 

No.  V. 
Now   Lights;  or  Life  in  Galvvay.     A  Tale  of  the  New  Re. 

C(?-  The  main  object  of  this  story  is  to  bring  under  the  notice  of  Catho 
lies  ,n  America,  and  of  Irish  Catholics  in  particular,  the  nefanous  sy?  em 
of  prose  ytmg  going  on  from  day  to  day,  ind  from  year  to  year  in  the  rS^^ 
mote  and  lamine-stncken  districts  of  Ireland  ;  the  fearful  perslcut"ons  and 
SSV'".'',^  y  ""^""^  the  starving  poor  are  incessantly  asSlled,  and  Sr 
&  of  their  fXrs.^""       comparatively  few  exceptions}  to  the  anden! 

No.  VI. 
^'5r®n^°?'  Scholar,  and  other  Tales  of  Irish  life.     By 

75^  gilf  ^"^  ^^''°-    Illustrated  with  two  plates.    r»ice  60c.  cloth  extra, 

No.  vn. 

™„®^r^f  J^.^  r*T®  Senses.    By  Gerald  Griffin,  Author  oJ 
Half  sir,"     Collegians,"  with  a  portrait  of  the  Author.    Cloth  extra 

OOC,  gULj  7oC. 

No.  vin. 

Tubber  Derg ;   or  the  Red  Well,  and  other  Tales  of  Irisb 

iiir"  r^?/ ^'^^'^"^  ^^''^^**'"-    2  plates.    Cloth  extra,  60c.    Gilt,  76c. 
CiJ-  Other  Tolumes  in  Press. 

In  Press,  Nos.  IX,  X,  XI. 

A  Collection   of  Irish   Tales,  by  Mrs.  J.  Sadlier     Com 
prising  amongst  others,  the  following  :— Father  Shehey  :  Tlie  Dauebtel 
of  ayrconnell;   Fata  of  the  Shearcs' ;   Norma.!  Steel,  or  The  I'ritgl 
Hunter;  The  Later  Days  of  the  O'Reillys;  O'Grady,  or  The  Expatri- 
ated ;  Granu  Wail,  a  Tale  ol  the  Desmonds,  &.C.,  &c. 

ft?"  Some  of  these  Tales  appeared  in  the  Boston  Pilot,  and  others  ol 
Uiem  were  published  in  a  collected  form,  entitled  "Tales  of  the  Olden 
lime.  They  will  form  three  60  cent  volumes,— each  roluma  complete  in 
lUell.     Revised  and  corrected  by  the  Author. 


STANDARD  CATHOLIC  PRAYER  BOOKS. 

''^^„?o''T f"^  F"^^"  ^°°'"  "«  «"  P'-i"ted  on  fine  paper  in  clPar  l,oM 
i^?i  •i^^U*''  ^^^"'y  °*  fi"'^''-  a"'!  dui ability  of  biS  cLnSot  bo  « 
Jll catfuil'l'^.vSr  "?  '^^Pr«y"s  and  Devotions  us^edbrratKoli^' 
Srd?naf\^lSAN'' IP'^'?^^'/^^'^  %'^V^"  approbation  of  hfs  Eminend 

aX^.^d^^,;i  ^  sii'  ^,?^^- .^r.S'^i  Ua\ti;F  f ^ 

JYne  Pa;>er,  Illuminated  Title,  12  P/a<e«. 

i'n?fque°cS"|5'6?,'  Tio?"'"^*^?'  »!«-«"«<'. /!««?«.  $3  76.    Morocco, 
iin     pf^i:     V  '  f        .  ,. '^^^  velvet,  clasps  and  corners,  paner  cases  *Q 

The  Way  to  Heaven.    A  Select  Manual  of  Pravers  for 

lUu»ha.od  with  s,;„Vi?Sl™u,?-',8^o'^i„' '^^^^^ 

*o  o=     ai  ^""  e'^eufees),  opiaies,  5(^l  oo.     1  nrkev  morocco  extra  ft  nl-^fna 

Uil  ^eYvVifrrrie^^o^iT^:"^'''^^"^^''^'-'  *-^  75.J  iTereia^fiS 

rile  Garden  of  the  Soul.    A  Manual  of  P^ervent  Pravers 

he"    nS  'TalTr/f '  ^-^"-tions,  calculated  to  answer  the  ^s'el 

uie  meniners  ot  all  ranks  and  comlitions  of  Holv  Catholic  (  hnrrl.  •  «« 

^luch.s  prefixed  an  Historical  Explanation  of  tL  Ve^?n  Sn  s  "  e i'nl 

me.,  etc.,  appertaining  to  the  Holy  Sacrifice  of  the  Mass     By  the  ^ 


-  -  ■.-.■.^.  iniim,-ir-_- 


CATALOGUE  OF  VALUABLE  BOOKS. 


^__^_^________ n 

Rev.  Dr.  F-nsland,  late  Btshop  of  Charleston  ;  with  a  threat  manvTlh- 
yaluab  e  addiUons,  under  the  care  ol  an  eminent  d.vfne  of  New  York 
Large  3mo.,  6o0  pages.  Sheep,  neat,  oOo.  lloan,  irilt  edces  75c  Prf^. 
mllg.lt,  $1  00.  Uoan,  full  gilt,  clasps,  $1  25.  r^g  U  Solco  Ril 
Morocco  extra,  $-2  00  Morocco  ext  a  clasns  «2  5(7  R^voiu  i  n  ^  J 
$2  50.    Bevelled,  /le.xible,  clasps,  S3  o6.  Bevelled,  flexible 

The  Key  of  Heaven.  Greatly  enlar^pd  and  improved 
with  the  stations  of  the  Cros.9.  Large  a4mo.  Cloth  ext  a  2  SntL  ,^ 
Roan,  embossed.  2  plates,  38c.  Roan,  giU  sides.  4%tes  soc  p '^S 
pit  edges,  4  plates  63c.  imitation  morocco,  f*^  1  g  U,  6  plaies  7^^ 
Irn.tat ion  morocco,  full g,lt.  clasps,  6 plates,  8Sc.'  Morocci  extra  I  dates' 
$1  50.  Morocco  extra,  clasps,  8  plates.  $-2  i5.  Morocco  extri  bpi-ol lolf  a 
plates,  $1  75.    Morocco  extra.  bWelled!  clasps,  8  pTatesrja  60     Vek  It 

The  Path  to  Paradise.  32mo.,  (large  edition,)  with  12 
Jr.»«  l7.^"^r'^;T-    ^loth  extra  l  plate,  2oc.    Imitation  morocco,  i 

Fine  Pajter. 

5^°n'S'  *"rnn®''xT*'  ^  P^**^'-  ^^  '^^-  Mo'-occo,  super,  extra,  clasps. 
6  plates,  $i  00.  Morocco,  super,  extra,  bevelled,  12  plates  SI  60 
Morocco,  super,  extra,  bevelled  claspa,  $2  25.    Velvet,  clans  and  cor. 

Jlafes?  $r6o    ^    "''  *'  ''•    ^'^''''  '^''^''  ^""^  ^°'"^"-  fi"^'  *^'"'^  »^ 

The  Path  to  Paradise,  (beautiful  miniature  edition,)  12 
Hno  steel  eng:ravmgs.  Cloth  extra,  1  plate,  20c.  Roan,  plain,  1  plate, 
f,i,-cu''=n'  ^'\S'*  P^^*^*'  ^^°-    ^'°^"'  &'''-  ^la«P«-  4  plates    60c     Roan 

i^LF«  *i  .n  vT°."°  ^''^'^  ^  P^"**^'-  '^^  "''•  ^J°™^^o  e^tia,  clasps,  6 
plates,  $1  60.    Velvet,  very  fine,  cases,  12  plates,  $4  00.  '        *  • 

Gate  of  Heaven  ;  or,  Way  of  the  Chjld  of  Mary.  A  Manual 
of  Prayers  and  Instructions,  compiled  from  approved  sources,  for  the 
use  of  Youn»  Persons.  Illustrated  with  40  plates.  3-:20  pages,  32mo 
Fine  paper,  cloth  extra,  20c.  Roan,  32c.  Roan,  giU,  3Sc.  Roan,  full 
gut,  80c.    Clasps,  63c.  ' 

Pocket  Manual,  (a  very  neat  Pocket  Prayer  Book,)  with 
steel  engravings.  4Smo.  Turkey  morocco,  gilt  edges,  60c.  (In  lucks ) 
3Sc.  Imitation  turkey,  gilt  edges,  31c.  Embossed,  gilt,  25c.  Clott 
oxtrsi|  I3c« 

foumee  du  Oretien.     A  very  fine  French  Prayer  Book, 

conta-ning  630  pages,  fine  steel  engravings.  24mo.  With  the  approb* 
tion  of  the  lit.  Rev.  Ignatius  Bourges,  D.  D.,  Bishop  of  Montreal;  G.  E. 
Cloth  extra,  I  plate,  32c.  Roan,  plain,  1  plate,  37c.  Imitation,  full  gilt. 
4  plates.  63c  Morocco  extra,  10  plates,  $1  60  Morocco  extra,  clasps, 
10  plates,  $.2  00.  Velvet,  finely  mounted  cases,  $4  00  Velvet,  finely 
mounted  medallion,  $5  00. 

Paroissien  Petits  Enfants  Pieux.  A  beautiful  French 
Prayer  Book.  Cloth  extra,  13c.  Roan,  gilt,  1  plate,  25c.  Cloth,  fuH 
gilt,  1  plate,  25c.    imitation,  gilt,  I  plate,  32c.    Morocco,  extra,  1  plato  fiOo 


It 


D,    AND   J.    8ADLIFR    AND   CO.'S 


History  of  Ireland,  Ancient  anH  Modern,  taken  fmrn  the 
most  luithentic  records,  and  dedicated  to  the  Irish  Bripjade,  hv  llie  AbW 
Mac  iooghcgan.  Translated  from  tlie  Krencli.by  I'atrick  O'kelly.  Esq., 
with  4  fine  steel  engravings.  Cloth  extra,  $2  26.  Half  roan,  extra,  $9 
60.  Half  turkey,  cloth  sides,  $3  00.  Imitation,  full  gilt.  $4  00.  Mo. 
rocco  extra,  $5  00. 

"  Ho  is  graphic,  easy,  and  Irish.  He  is  not  a  bigot,  but  tpparentljr  ■ 
genuine  Catholic.  His  information  as  to  the  number  of  troops  and  othai 
facts  of  our  Irish  battles,  is  superior  to  any  other  historian,  and  they  v,h» 
know  it  well  need  not  blush,  as  most  Irishmen  must  no\v,  at  their  ign* 
fance  of  Irish  history."— TAoz/jas  Davis,  Essay  on  Irish  F'-  . 

Ecclesiastical  Annals  of  the  Irish  Churc.  ,        iibjecti 

treated  in  the  work.  St.  Tatrick's  Birth  and  Mission,  &c.  j  he  succes- 
sion of  the  Irish  Hierarchy  from  the  era  of  Ireland's  conversion  to  the 
present  time.  The  Saints  and  Missionaries  of  Ireland— .Monasteries  ol 
each  County— their  founders.  Havagcs  of  the  Danes.  Plunder  of  the 
Irish  Church.  Persecution  of  Ireland.  The  Martyred  Prelates  and 
Priests  of  Ireland.  The  Apostates,  &c.  F.nactments  of  Elizabeth,  James, 
Cromwell,  &c.,  against  the  Catholics.  Calumnies  of  Protestant  writers 
on  the  early  Irish  Church,  refuted.  Those  annals  have  been  compiled 
by  the  Rev.  Thomas  Walsh.  In  one  volume,  850  pages,  royal  8vo  II 
lustrated  with  thirteen  splendid  engravings.    Cloth  extra,  $3  00. 

The  Rise  and  Pall  of  the  Irish  Nation,  by  Sir  Josiah 
Barrington,  late  Member  of  the  Irish  Parliament  for  the  cities  of  Tuam 
and  Clogher.  It  contains  29  portraits  of  celebrated  men  who  figured  in 
the  Irish  Parliament.  Cloth  extra,  gilt  back,  $1  60.  Cloth  extra,  gilt 
edges,  $160.  ^ 

"  '  The  Rise  and  fall  of  the  Irish  Nation,'  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque 
and  eloquent  books  in  the  whole  range  of  our  language.  Its  sketches  of 
political  scenes  and  characters,  are,  without  comparison,  the  most  life-lika 
we  know.  It  is  a  treasure  of  a  book  ;  one  we  would  not  exchange  for  any 
ten  National  books  we  have." — American  Celt. 

Valentine  McOlutchy,  the  Irish  Agent;  by  Carleton. 
3  vols,  of  the  Dublin  edition  in  one.  Cloth  extra,  75c..  Half  bound,  SOc 
CGF-  In  this  work  Mr.  Carleton  has  depicted  the  wrongs  and  sufteringfl 
of  his  countrymen— their  patience  and  forbearance  under  their  sufferings  ; 
jnd  in  the  character  of  Valentine  McClutchy,  he  shows  the  villany  prac- 
tised, by  the  agents  of  absentee  landlords,  upon  those  tenants  who  are  so 
unfortunate  as  to  hold  lands  from  them  ;  and  as  a  specimen  of  a  religious 
attorney,  we  w,ould  challenge  creation  to  prodcce  a  more  correct  picturt 
than  that  drawn  by  Carleton,  of  Solomon  .McShine.  We  venture  to  say 
that  there  is  not  an  Irishman  who  would  read  ten  pages  of  the  work,  thai 
would  be  without  it  for  ten  times  the  cost. 

The  Complete  Poetical  Works  of  Thomas  Moore,  an 

corrected  by  himself  in  1843.    To  which  is  added  an  Original  Memoir  by 
M.  Balmanno. 

OC?-  In  this  edition  the  names  which  for  personal  and  political  consider- 
ations were  left  blank,  are  ilow  for  the  first  time  filled  up,  rendering  th« 
obscure  passages  perfectlv  intelligible.  I  vol ,  royal  Svo.,  eOO  pages.  II 
lustratf>d  with  7  splendid  steel  engravings.  Cloth  extra,  $2  00.  Imitation, 
marbled  edges,  $3  00.  Imitation  full  gilt,  $4  00.  Fine  edition,  printed  o% 
Butler's  paper,  illustrated  with  64  steel  plates,  morocco,  supei.  extra, 
t9  OU     Bevelled,  $10  00 


CATALOGUE  OF   VALUABLE   B00X8. 


^ 13 

Moore'  Poetical  Works.  1  vol.,  24mo.,  COO  muca  fvT 
taining  Lalla  Rooke  Odes  of  A«acreon  Irish  R  elodLrSnal  Ai"/ 
Ballaas,  Songs,  &c.,    Steel  portrait.    Cloth  extra,  60c.    Gilt,  S  ' 

Lover's  Songs  and  Ballads,  including  those  of  his  "  Irish 

price  oflySoS''""-  '^'^'""^'  ^''""''^  '"^  ^"«  P^I'"'  ^"'l  ^°^^"^  «  'loth! 

pHb&Jd!'"  "  "'*  ""'^  complete  edition  of  Lover's  Songs  and  Balladi 

Spirit  of  the  Nation,  and  other  Select  Political  Songs,  hi 
Uie  writers  ot  the  Dublin  Newspaper  Press.  Cloth,  embossed  gilt  back 
gilt  edges,  60c.    Cloth,  embossed,  gilt  back,  31c.  '""""'-"•  B'«  owit, 


-•♦♦- 


af 


STANDARD  SCHOOL  BOOKS. 

^"Oifnu  "^n    '^'{.frprobation  of  the  Provincial  General  ofthe  Christian 
Schools.     Our  editions  of  the  following  Books  are  the  only  one,  used  by 

^\wLii\^^''^'''uv^  5°'  Jnvite  attention  to  the  following  School  Books  of 
ifroL°^°  P"^l'cat'0?.  Which  are  printed  on  fine  papefand  bound  in  the 

Bookfp.,hrr"f ••  »i?  *''^^^"''"'  ^^^y  «"PP'y  ^"  the  different  sSiool 
Books  Published  in  this  country,  together  with  all  the  School  requisites 

e^e^'de^c'rg'tior^''  '''°''  ^^"^''^'^"«'  Elates,  Paper,  and  StatXJy  of 


Pirst  Book.    Nevr  and  enlarged  edition. 
72  pages,  (old  edition  only  43,)  6|c. 


Strong  cloth  back, 


Second  Book.  New  and  enlarged  edition,  having  Spelling 
and  Accentuation  and  Definitions  at  the  head  of  each  chapter.  180  pages! 
18mo.,  half  bound,  laj.  ^  pbbcb, 

Third  Book.     New  and  enlarged  edition,  with  Spellin-', 

Pronunciations,  and  DefiniUons,  to  each  chapter,  making  it  the  most  coS- 

plete  in  the  United  States.    350  pages,  12mo.,  full  sheep  or  half  roan,  60a 

Cq^  Old  editions  of  these  readers,  published  many  years  ego.  havina 

much  less  matter  than  ours,  and  having  none  of  the  above  improvements 

•re  now  put  forward  by  other  parties  as  being  the  books  used  by  the  Chris.' 

fcati  Brothers,  whereas  they  have  never  been  used  in  this  country  by 

The  Duty  of  a  Christian  Towards  God.     400  naees, 

lamc,  half  bound,  37ic.  '    ^  ^ 

Catechism  of  Geography.     For  the  use  of  the  Brothcri 
of  the  Christian  Schools.    12mo.,  130  pages,  half  bound,  18c. 
C(?-  This  will  supply  a  want  long  felt  by  Catholics,  as  their  children 

weie  obliged  to  study  Geography,  if  at  all,  from  books  which  represented 

the  people  of  every  Catholic  country,  as  "ignorant,  superstitious,  and 

r«v«ng©ful.' 


II 


D.   AND  J.    SADLIER   AND  CO.'S 


Doc^r^nal  and  Scriptural  Catechism.     By  the  Rev.  Pera 

CoUot,  Doctor  of  the  s^orbonne.    Translated  from  the  French,  bv  Mrs 
J.  Sadlwr.    12mo.,  440  pages,  half  bound,  38c. 

Bridge  and  Atkinson's  Elements  of  Algebra;  with  ad- 
ditions by  the  Brothers  of  the  Christian  Schools,  linio.,  half  bound,  32c. 
Cj?-  This  is  the  cheapest  and  best  book  on  Algebra  published.    U  con- 

•Aius  more  matter  than  many  books  at  seventy -five  cents. 

Walking ame's  Arithmetic  j  or,  the  Tutor's  Assistant.  Be. 
ing  a  compendium  of  Arithmetic,  and  complete  Question  Book.  Poh 
lished  lor  the  use  of  the  Christian  Brothers'  Scliools  in  Canada  and  th« 
British  Provinces.    12mo.,  half  roan,  25c. 

Reeve's  History  of  the  Holy  Bible,  interspersed  with 
Moral  and  Instructive  Reflections,  chiefly  taken  from  the  Holy  Fathers. 
By  the  Rev.  Joseph  Reeve.  Illustrated  with  230  engravings.  12mo.  o/ 
683  pages.    Half  roan,  price  only  60c. 

Nugents  Dictionary  of  the  French  and  English  Lmiv 

guages.    Bound  in  strong  sheep,  62ic. 

Murray's  Introduction  to  the  English  Reader.    Full 

cloth  extra,  embossed,  2oc.    half  bound,  20c. 

Murray's  EngUsh  Reader.    12mo.,  price  25c. 

Murray's  Abridgement  of  the  English  Grammar,  with 

notes  by  Putnam,  li^c. 

Walker's  Pronouncing  Dictionary  j  a  handsome  volume, 

of  400  pages.    Sheep,  neat  and  strong,  37c. 

Carpenter's  Scholars'  Spelling  Assistant.    A  new  stere. 

otype  edition,  carefully  revised  and  corrected.    18mo.,  half  bound,  13j^ 

Monsoa's  Primer,  32mo. ;  per  gross,  ^i  50. 
David's  Small  Table  Book,  32mo.;  per  gross.^l  50. 
L«BSon  Tablets,  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  and  4.    Per  Mt»  35«. 


Pera 

f  Mrs. 

1  ad- 
3, 32c. 

tCOB- 

Be< 

d  tb« 

with 
thers. 
no.  o/ 

Limu* 

Full 

\ 

with 

ume, 

tere* 

